.

-
..<Jo

02000/3000 '
.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

A tec nc:iustries, lnc. reserves the ñght to improye

IT'Ode!s ano change speafications without notlce.

Altee Industries, lnc.

~ Eq.roment and Bodies Since 1929"

Cc:1 C 2001 by Altee Industries, lnc.

All nghts reservad. No part o' ';-!S :;o..'"úation may be used or reproduced by any means, or stored m a
database or retñeval systew · ~ ;mor wntten pennission of the p&Jbhsher. Making copíes of any part
of this publication for any P<Jt::XJSE a::rer lhan personal use is a violation of United States copyñght laws.

•~ual Part Number 749-10015

 Altee Industries, lnc.
Mldwest Division
St. Joseph, Missourl
Safl!ty Bltlletin

Electrical Continuity Hazard

lway · wear insulated protecthe equipment, use conductor cover-ups, and maintain required clear-
ances wben in the 'icinily of energized conductors.

erial de' ices and d.ígger demcks with insulated boom~ canon } 1. o late lhe operator from grounding through the
boom and vehicle. The> cannot provide protection against ph:be-to-phase or pha'ie-to-ground comacts occurring
at the boom-tip. abo' e the in-;ulated boom sections.
•
Boom-tip:. of aerial de vices and digger derrick&, of necessity. must contain metal components. Metal conducts
eleclricity. \foreover. under certain circumstances. and to varying degrees. electricity willlrack across or tJuough
non-metallic compone n~ (fiberglass cm·ers and structures. hoses. etc.). Electricity can even are through air.
hu~. the boom-tip of an aeriaJ de\oice or a digger derrick must be considered conductive!

If an~ part of the boom-tip contacts an energized conductor, tbe entire boom-tip, cluding the control
hnndle, must be considered energized.

If aoy part of the boom-tip contacts a grounded object, the entire boom-tip, tcluding thc control
han . • must be considered grounded.

Hydraulic fluid is flammable. lf electricity flow lhrough the boom-tip, it can cause the bydraulic fluid to bu m orto
&plode. Cootact by any part of the boom-tip "ith an energized conductor while the boom-tip also is io
contact with another cnergized source or a grounded object can cause the bydraulic Ouid at the boom-
tip to burn or explode.

Tbese are among the. reason · aerial de\ices 1 and diggcr derricks are never con idered primary prolection for lhe
operator from electrical coolacl. An operator's primary protection comes through use of protective
equipment (insulated glo,,es, insulated slee, es. conductor cover-ups) and maintenaoce of appropriate
clearances.

Do nclt re!} on the boom-tip of an aerial de'ice or digger denick to protect you from an energized conductor or a
~. Jt cannot do so. Rely, instead, on the only ~ that can protect you, use oC appropriate protective
equipment aod maintenance of appropriate dearances.
Products des gn_$~­
free from odefects. in- riíidlb.-n.·¡ artd"'\Oi(Hklma~SI~
tñe fol ov11ng provlsio~i1:

For one (1)

optlon, repair o n~place
or workmanship, .at
:(le ........~...,...
days follow 1ng u1•(lá•
customer's IOCc•l1~:s
. customer's tocm• >ñ
ror parts or labor sh&fl
service fac1lity. -
~Mee Model: 02050 B fZ
Altee Industries, lnc.
2106 South Riverside Road
Serial Nu~ber: O:zol~ 'fo 1~~
St. Joseph, MO. 64507 U.S.A
Phone Number 816-364-2244 A Caution
Read and understand atl operatlng and safety information In manualand on all placards before
operating this unit. lf you do not have manual, or if placards are misslng/unreadable) please call
816-364-2244 forassistance.

Maximum hydraulic system pressure setting 2,850 psi lncluded Options:

Electrical controls operating voltage 12 VDC STO Pole Guide _ 4 · Material Handling Jib
Winch line ra1ed working load /40!1D lb$ _Uner _ 8 · Material Handling Jib
Wlnch capacity 15,000 lb _Piatform- {Qty}_ _ 8 · Personnel Jib
Unloaded vehiele weight 'J4 !l.tí Q Jb8 X lnsulated Derrick _Non-lnsutated Derrick
(46 kVand under)

ANSI A 10.31 stability test load- 2,340 lb6 at 20" boom angle and full extension. Reduce test load by 120 lb if unit has
transferable fiares pinned to the upper boom.

This unit complies with ANSI A 10.31 as of manutacturing date. Values shown in Load Capacity Chart must be reduced
by amount shown below for each option which is mounted on boom:
T ransfer fiares on extended upper boom .................................................................... 100 lb
Platform At Boom Tip ................................................................................................. 1251b each
Uner ............................................................................................................................. 40 lb eaeh
4 · Material Handling Jib (any model) .................. ......................................................... 120 lb
8 · Material Handling Jib .............................................................................................. 150 lb
8 • Personnel Jib With No Platform ................................ A .............. . .............................. 160 lb
8 • Personnel Jib With 1 Platform ................................................................................ 350 lb
8 • Personnel Jib With 2 Platforms .............................................................................. 550 lb

LOA D CAPACIT IES (LB l FOR D IGGER DERRICK USE 1

lOAD
~~ FUL L Y 4 INTERMEDIA TE BOOM UPPER BOOM ONL Y INTERMEDIA TE &. UPR
RET RA CT ED ONL Y EXTENDED 4 EXTENDED '1 BOOMS EXTENDED 4
RAD USII BOOM 2 BOOM 1 z BOOM 2 BOOM 2
!FT l"1ANGLE LOAD CAPACITY ANG~E LOAD CAPAC ITY ANGLE LOAD CAPACITY
ANGLE LOAD CAPACITY
4.2 183° 24880 1- ~ - - - - -
6 r'8 o 174 0 1
18? 1 0
'6 320 83° 15000 - -
8 720 133 10 116 o 1 . 2 160 79° 12570 82° 11900
~o ,66 o 10860 4 .. , 9710 10180
f 75° 79° 9460 l:...
12 59 °1 9 220 iO ~ ¡ 8080 7 1o 8590 76 ° 7860
15 49° 7530 '1 54 "1 6.4 50 64° 6990 7 lo 6250
20 23° 5 4 90 ~'70
~~
4790 53° 5350 63° 4640
25 - - 39 D 3710 38° 4290 55° 3650
30 - - 1 18 .. , 27 40 14 o 3240 45° 2960
35 1 - - - 1 - - - 33° 2410
40 - - - 1 - - - 12 o 1740
1 1
- 00 4 170 0° 1 2 0 00 o o 2660 00 1360
BHD 670- 01423 B

2LL
02-97
 50

45
!.!.J
w
t!_

o 40
z
:J
o
0:: 35
C)

w
>
o 30
(!)
<( ~="ut._¿
y/:)
,_
::r:: 25
C)
~)'~
w '1o
T
~
tO
w zo
>
<(
w
Cl) 15
L -_::::..-lf--jl---n 5
_ _ _~.
e

10
l __ __..,.l_ _ _ ____¡__ ___:.... ..___ _ _ __.__ .....-J
___.._ _ I o•
o 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 éO

LOAD RADIUS FROM C/L OF ROTA TION (FEET )

67o-ooas3 e
Notes 1 thru 6 below refer to adjoining Load Capacity Chart for Digger Derrick Use.

' Load capacrties shown in chart are tor Digger Derrick Use only. This means that load is lifted with winch line at
boom tip or material handling jib tip, with no personnel platform occupied. lf platform is to be occupied, refer to Load
Capacity Chart for Platform and Combinad DerrickfPiatform Use located at boom tip for proper load capacities.

.?.Load being lifted must not exceed the smallest of the following values:
"Load capacity shown in chart minus reductions for all options mounted on boom
·winch Une Aated Working Load multiplíed by number of parts of winch line
•Aated capacity shown in Rated Capacity Chart for Material Handling Jib (if jib is in use)

:.lf actual load radius is not shown in chart, use load capacity at next longer radius shown. When lifting with material
handling jib, use actual load radius at jib tip. Do not exceed maximum load radius shown in chart when lifting with jib.
Boom angles shown in chart do not apply for jib use.

•1t a boom section is extended toa length not shown in chart, use load capacity at next longar length of extension
shown for that boom section.

5
Multiple part winch line must be used when load being lifted exceeds Winch Une Rated Working Load. Wínch line
pull (obtained by dividing load weight by number of parts of line) must not exceed Winch Une Aated Working Load.
Upper boom must be tully retractad when using multiple pan line if winch fine anchor po1nt is on intermediate boom.

6
Load capacities shown in chart do not exceed 85°-o of actual tipping loads on leve! surface, based on Unloaded
Vehicle Weight shown. lf derrick is remounted or if .¡ehicle 1s modified in any way affecting stability, contact Altee to
determine íf new load capacity chart is required.

2LL
02-9i

--
Va:Ues shown in Load Capacity Chart below must oe ::ouced by amount shown betow for each option
whteh 1s mounted on boom:

T ransfer fiares on extended upper boom .. ... ... .. ........ ............................................................. 100 lb
Single Platform At Boom Tip ..................................................................................................... O lb
Second Platform At Boom T ip ................................................................................................. 140 lb
Ltner ......................................................................................................................................... 40 lb eaeh
~ Mate'lal Hand ng Jib (any rnodet) ........................................................................................... O lb
8 f'.•ate'ial Handling Jib ........................................................................................................... 130 lb
8 Personne J b Wth 1 Platform ............................................................................................. 140 lb
8 Pe"So~oe J b Wrth 2 Platforms ........................................................................................... 260 lb

~A- CA=-t.c: 1 :ES k8)5 <PERSONNEL ANC "1ATERIAL) FOR

1 PLA -FORM ANO COMBINEO DERRICK/PL t.::TORM USE 1
! ~ULLY 4 UPPER BOOM O Lv ~INT~R'!E01ATE & UPR
8
,.., ----
-
l
i;tTKACTED
LOAD Ct.PACITY
2
EXT~N0Eu 4

LOAD CAPACI TY
2
~
BOOMS EXTENDED 4
LOAD CAPACITY
2
1

l 83° éQOO L1000 LlOOO

r 70" ~o oo 1 4000 4000
1 6J" L!.QOO AOOO 3230
! so· LOOO 3350 1990
1 .10" 38LO 2440 1320
1 30" 3060 ·g¡o 920
1 zo· ?6'~ 1 1590 680
1 i O" ?"?O"'
._- v V 1 1430 560
1
O" /3AQ 1 1390 520
670-01483 A
_·es~ ""'\.15 oe OY.. re'e~ toad o;.ning Load Capacity Chart for Platform and Combinad
De "'"'e· P.aiform Use.

-·~ :::aoacmes shown ., chart are for Platform or Combinad Digger Derrick and Platform Use only. This
me.a.J 'f'at personnel plarform is occupied, with or without winch line being used tor lifting load at boom tip or
o:::~ a. nand ng Jtb bp. lf platform is not occupied, refer to Load Capaoity Chart for Digger Derrick Use
:e at lov.e~ con•rols for proper load capacities.

~¿a '"'9 r-..:s¡ '".e· :.xoeE:: any o' ~.,e tollowing conditions:
·~~ .. J'; pc-..-:~n; .:.oc r;a:er.a load Ooad in platform(s) plus load on winch line) must not exceed load
~•na C' · shown in chart minus reductions for aJI options mounted on boom.
· -ca-~-- ro.- -~ ~~· 'lOt exceed either of the following values:
- ' oc. _, .t: :la·ed Working Load
.;:,a-::: caz~-:, st-o\'m in Rated Capacity Chart tor Material Handling Jib (if jib is in use).
!l..OC.:: ,., o a-:.- s e-.,.¡St not exceed either of the following values:
-~2::~ ?ia~:~ Capacity
-Ra·=r- ~ • shown tn Rated Capacity Chart for Personnel Jib (if jlb is in use).
- o bao IS :¡s--;-¡eo o~ t\ 'lCh line when personnel jib is in use.

· aa~ ooom ang e rs not shown 1n chart, use toad capacity at next lower boom angle.

: a ooom section s not fully retractad, use load capacity for extended boom stage.

!t_oao capacit1es shown in chart oo nol exceed 67% (50% for CSA) of tipping loads on level surface or 75%
50°o for CSA) o' bpping loads on 5 slope, based on Unloaded Vehicle Weight shown. lf derrick is
rernounted or lf vehicle is modifled an any way affecting stabllity, contact Altee to determine if new load
caoacity chart is requíred.
2LU
02-97

----~-
 ALTEC INDUSTRIES, INC.
ST. JOSEPH, MISSOURI

UNIT REGISTRATION
lt/PORTANT UNIT WARRANTY INFORMATION
.,. · e • 2 month warranty penod O"' o • '1ew ALTEC unit begins at the unit
- :a·e a· 1 our facillty.

-= • e ::o·rect processing of ar", war•anty claim it 1s importan! that the attached card be
- -e:: ·o your ALTEC D•v 1S10n sted below lf the card ts not returned within 60 days
o ¿r,e unit, the unit delivery date will be understood to be the in-service date.

·::. ·~ d' Ou are tocated in and fil n the address of the Altee Dtvision responsible for
- :·:;:;s s de of the attached card. Place the proper postage on the card and place it

For the states of: Conneticut, Dela- For the states of: Colorado, lowa,
-Ol.i S . ware , Mane. Massachusetts, Mary- Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, New
"a and (eastem), New Hampshire, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas, & Wyo-
~essee & Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania ming
eastem) Rhode lsland, & Vermont
AL T EC INDUSTRIES, INC. ALT EC INDUSTRIES, INC.
Easter" Divtsion Midwest O perations
25'J La1rd Street 2106 South Riverside Road
~a '15 PA 18705 St. Joseph, MO 64507

= • ''le states of: lllinois, Indiana, For the state of: Pennsylvama
: V en gan. Mmnesota. North &
• .., (western). West Virginia, &
S:: w ·t¡ :Ja!{ota, & Wtsconsm Maryland (westem)
A...~EC 11\iDUSTRIES, INC.
·, - ... e n D SIOn Commonwealth Utility Equipment Co.
;::le so 681308 P.O. Box 1503
~ ~ a"ap s N 46268 Butler, PA 16001

ALTEC UNIT REGJSTRATION CARO

ALTEC Model No. -------------------- - - -

ALTEC Serial No. -----------------------------------

: ~:a~yN ame : __________________________________________________________________________

.,
----------------------- State._ _____________ Zip: - - - - - -

c~...,·act Name: ----------------------------------------------------------------

P ne Number· - -------------------------------------------------------------'
 AL TEC INDUSTRIES, INC.
ST. JOSEPH, MISSOURI

UNIT REGISTRATION
Oear Altee Owner
The attached registration card(s) are to remain in this manual until the ALTEC unit
and manual are placed into the possession o f the second o r t hird owner. At that time,
he appropriate card should be completed and mailed to ALTEC INDUSTRIES, IN C.,
to update our mailing list so that necessary manufacturar user communications can be
sent d rectly to the new owner.

AL TEC UNIT REGISTRATION CARO

(3rd OWNER)
ALTECModel No. _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ALTEC Serial No. ----------- -- -- -- -----

Company Name:
Address:
City: - - - - - - - - - - - - State: _ _ _ _ Zip: ______
Contact Name: - - - - - - - - - - Title: - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Phone Number. _ _ _ _....::.....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Date Placed in Service: ___________ Customer Truck No.: _ _ __
Prev1ous Owner:
Address.
C1ty: - -- - - -- - - - State: _ _ _ _ Zip: _ _ __ _

AL TEC UNIT REGISTRATION CARO

(2nd OWNER)
ALTECModel No. _ __ _________ _

ALTEC Serial No. - ----- - - - -- ---------

Company Name: - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Address:
C1ty. - -- - - - - - - - - - - - State: _____ Zip: _ _ _ __
Contact Name: Tit te: _________
PhoneNumber: _________________ _ _ _ _ _ ___
Date Placed in Serv1ce: ________ Customer Truck No.: _ _ ___
Prev1ous Owner:
Address
C1ty: - -- - - - - - - -- State: _ _ _ _ Zip: _ _ __

-
 Preface ..
This unit is the result of Altec's advanced e..-r"'iogy and quality awareness in design,
engineering and manufacturing. At the t me o.• oelivery from the factory, this unit met or ..
exceeded all applicable requlrements of tne American National Standards lnstitute. All
information, illustrations and specifications cor1tained within this manual are based on the
latest product information available at the time o' publication. lt is essential that all personnel
involved in the use and/or ca re of this uM read and understand the Operator's Manual.

Given reasonable care and operation. according to the guidelines set forth in the manuals
provided, this unit will provide many years of excellent service befare requiring major
maintenance.

Never alter or modify this unit in anyway that mrght affect the structural integrity or operational
characteristics without the specific written approval of Altee Industries, lnc. Unauthorized
alterations or modifications will void the warranty. Of greater concem, is the possibility that
unauthorized modification could adversely atfect the safe operation of this unit, resulting in
personal injury ancilor property damage.

A o anger
Digger derrick s and aerial devices that are not insulated carry no dielectric r ating. Do
not use them in proximity to energ ized co nductors. Oeath or serious injury could result.

No digger derrick or aerial device can provide absoluta safety when placed in proximity to
energrzed conductors. No digger derrick or aerial device is designed or intended to replace
or supersede any protective device or safe work practice relating to work in proximity to
e~"erg zed conductors. When working in proximity to energizad conductors, this unit shall only
oe ...seo ov •ramed personnel using their company's accepted work methods, safety proce-
~s ao-r.: :-o•ect e eoUtpment. Training manuals are available from a variety of sources.

SE:<:;:~r:~--:-.:::E:r::¿:.-ns
- .·./01< procedures and safety precautions for each particular situation are
-:a;ocs!:l:..:::':J - ·"'s personnel involved in the use and/or care of this unit.

·-:e:
 Table of Contents

Section 1 - Unlt Speclfications

Purpose of the Unrt ........................... - ........................................................................ 1
General Specificahons ................................................................................................ 1
Termrnology Diagram .................................................................................................. 2
Terminology Definitions .............................................................................................. 3

Section 2 - Safety
Accident Prevention Signs .......................................................................................... 5
Safety lnstructions ........................................... .......................................................... 5
Safety lnformation and Wamings .............................................................................. 13
Capacity .....................................................................................................................18

Section 3 - Controls
Outnggers ................................................................................................................. 21
Outrigger and Tools/Machine Selector Switch .......................................................... 21
Lower Controls .......................................................................................................... 21
Foot Throttle ....................................................................................................... 23
Engine StarttStop Switch .................................................................................... 23
Controls Switch .................................................................................................. 24
Circ uít Breaker Switches .................................................................................... 24
Cold OiVChange Filter Light ............................................................................... 24
Control Panel Lamps .......................................................................................... 24
Digger Shake Switch .......................................................................................... 24
Auger Release Switch ........................................................................................ 24
Digger Speed Switch .......................................................................................... 24
Pole Gurde Switches .......................................................................................... 24
Hand Controllers ................................................................................................ 25
Joystick Controller .............................................................................................. 25
Gauges ............................................................................................................... 25
Upper Controls .......................................................................................................... 26
Lower Tools .............................................................................................................. 27
Upper T ools .............................................................................................................. 28

Section 4 - Before You Operate .. .

Capacity and Stability ............................................................................................... 29
Operation Near Energizad Conductors ..................................................................... 31
Daily Preoperational Checks ..................................................................................... 33
Daily Preoperational Component lnspection and Diagram ................................. 34
Preparing for Operation ............................................................................................ 35
Cold Weather Start-Up .............................................................................................. 36

Section S - Operatlon
Outriggers ................................................................................................................. 37
Interlock System ................................................................................................. 38
Booms ........................................................................................................................38
Lower Boom ....................................................................................................... 38
lntermediate and Upper Booms .......................................................................... 39
Boom Storage .................................................................................................... 40
Rotation .....................................................................................................................41
Winch ......................................................................................................................... 41
Winch Line .......................................................................................................... 43
Digger ........................................................................................................................ 44
Unstawing the Digger ......................................................................................... 45
Digging ............................................................................................................... 46

12-95
 Settmg Anchors ........••.....•.................................................................................. 48
Stowing the D•gger ·······-··················· .. ························································· ...... 48
Po e Guide ....................................................................................... ! ........................ 50
Pole Guide Interlock System .............................................................................. 51
Boom Fiares ............................................................................................................. 51
Transferable Boom Fiares ................................................................... 51 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . .0

Pole Puller .... o . . . . . . . . . . . o . . .o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 52

•• 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lower T ools ...................................................................................................... .o ... 53 0 "

UpperTools .. o . . . . .o • • o . .o . . . . . . . . . . . .o . . . . .o . . . . 0 ........ 54
o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o o •• o . . o

Personnel Platform ...................................................... 55 · o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o. · o·o·

Transferable Upper Controls ..... 0 ................................. . 57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0

ROACS-3 Remote Start/Stop ... 0 ......................... . 59 .... 0 ................... o . . . o . . . .o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o

Fiberglass Jibs .................... 0 .......................... 60o • • o.oooo . . . . . o o o·o· · · · · · · · · o · o · . . . . . . . . . . o · · · 0 • 00 ' ' 0 " ' ' '0

Section 6 - Protection Systems

Hydraulic Overload Protection {HOP) .o •• o . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . .0 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o . . . . . o •• o . . . . . . . . . o . . . . . o . ·o·· 63
Boom Stow Protection .... 0 ...... 0 .. 0 ........................... . .... o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 ............ " 0 ' 00 " ' " 0 " 0 64
Auger Stow Protection ...................................... 0 ....... .............. 0 .. 0 .......................... o ... 64
Side Load Protection ..... o • • o . . . . . . . .o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o . . . . . . . . . 64

Section 7 - Emergency Operation

Operating Safely ................. 0 ..... 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .oo .................. 67
Operation From Other Controls oo . . . . . . . . o . . . . . . . oooooooo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o . . o . . . . o o . . o . . ooo o . . . . . o . . . . . . o . . . . . 67
Manual Operation of Boom Functions and DiggerJWinch Valves . o. . . . . 0 ......... o . . .o . . . . .o . 67
Auxiliary Power Source 0 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . 69
Manually Stowing the Unit o . . o . . o.oooo oo oooo . . o . . . . . . . . o . . . . . . 0 . .0 ..... o ..... o ....................... o o ....... o o .. 70
Rotat1ng the Tumtable ............ 0 . .0 ........................................................................ 70
Lowering the Booms ................................ 0 ............... o ...... o ................................... 71
Manually Raising the Outriggers ......................................... o ....................... o ...... 72

Section 8 - Troubleshooting
Circu1t Breakers ........................... 0 . . . . . . . .0 . .0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Pilot Valves and Hand Controllers o . . . . . . . . .o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 .................. o . . . . . . . . o . . o . .o . . 75
Outngger Blocking Val ve ........................ o .................................. 0 .............. 0 ............... 78
Boom Functions Blocking Valve ....... 0 ..... o ............ o ................... o .............. o .. o .............. . 79
Hydraulic Overload Protection (HOP ............... 0 ...................................... 0 .............. 80
Sequential Boom Extension ............... 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . 81
Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 0 ........................................................... 82

Section 9 - Care of the Unit

Hydraulic System ......................................................... 0 ............................................ 85
Fiberglass .................................. o ................. 0 ............................................................ 85
Structures and Mechanical Systems ................. o ...................... o ................ o ............... 86

Appendix
Reference ltems
Glossary

12°95
 Section 1 -
Purpose of the Unit
This Altee derrick has been designed and built for servtce
to the utility industry. lt is intended to be a multipurpose
unit that can accommodate components that dig holes,
set poles, and position material and personnel at the
workstation.
General Specifications
This derrick is equipped with a fiberglass upper boom
and associated nonconductive components that. when
proparly used and mamtained, may be used for work
around energized conductors if the unit was manufac-
turad and marked as an insulated digger derrick. lnfor-
matron regardtng whether the derrick is insulated or
non-insulated can be found on the capaoity plaoard near
the lower controls. lnsulated digger derricks are de-
signed and manufacturad to meet the dielectric stan-
dards ofthe American National Standards 1nstitute (ANSI)
in effect at the time of its manufacture. Sorne of the
hazards, but not all hazards, of operating the derrick near
energized conductors are presented in this manual in
Section 4 under Operation Near Energizad Conductors.
An insulated derrick is ANSI rated for use at 46 kV and
below. This ANSI rating is printed on the serial number
and capacity placard located near the lower control
statron. lnsulated digger derricks are designed and manu-
factured for work in which the fiberglass upper boom is
consrdered the secondary rnsulation, with the primary
insulation being rubber gloves, hotsticks, and other insu-
lated equipment. Dielectric testing of the fiberglass com-
ponents and proper maintenance are necessary to
ma1ntain peak performance and optimum dielectric pro-
tectíon.
This unit shall be used near energized conductors only by
fully trained and qualified operators who are trained and
proficient as electrical linemen. Personnel using this
equipment must be familiar wrth the hazards of contact
with energized conductors, for the protection of them-
selves, their coworkers/workers, and the public.
An Altee derrick may be specified by the customer for use
in one of two ways.
Digger Derrick Use- for derrick use only, such as
liftrng with the winch line. digging with the auger, and
setting screw anchors, without any personnel plat-
form use.
Platform Use or Combined Digger Derrick and Plat-
form Use - for use as a personnel platform or
combined personnel platform and material handling
device.
12·95
Unit Specifications
Every Altee derrick is tested by the installer befare
de ivery to meet the stability requirements for Digger
Oerrick Use according to ANSI. A load capacity chart for
digger derrick use is located near the lower controls on all
derricks.
The specification for Platform Use or Combinad Oigger
\lemc~ a~d ~\a\\otm \J~e \~ teQ,u\ted on a\\ derr\c~
equipped wnh upper contro\s andlor a p\a"orm, and on
any other unit as specified by the customer. Each Altee
derr·ck with this specif ication is tested by the installer
befare delivery to meet the stability requirements for
Combined Digger Derrick and Platform Use according to
ANSI. Oerricks with this specification will be equipped
with a load capacity chart for platform and combined
digger derrick and platform use anda boom angle indica-
ter which are visible from the platform. A derrick may not
be used for personnel lifting or for combined personnel
lifting and material handling unless it has been stability
testad and equipped to comply with this specification_
The derrick may be mounted in any ene of three locations
on the vehicle: behind cab mount, rear mount (over the
rear axle}, or comer mount. A comer mount unit is
mounted opposite the drivers side at the rear comer of
the unit.
The unit may be delivered with any or all of numerous
optional features. This manual has been prepared to
cover all standard options, even though not all units may
be equipped with them.
Standard Optional Features
• Steel boom tip with built in boom fiares
• Fiberglass boom tlp with transferable boom fiares
• Personnel platform
• Platform liner
• Pullout transferable upper controls
• Nonpullout transferable upper controls
• Nontransferable upper controls
• Lower control panel with joystick controller
• Two speed digger, 8,000 ft-lbs
• Two speed digger, 12,000 ft-lbs
• Oigger with two speed hydraulic motor. 12,000 ft- bs
• 4.2' Fiberglass material handling jib, one piece
• 4.8' Fiberglass matenal handling jib, two piece tele-
scopic
• 8' Fíberglass material handling jib
• 8' Fiberglass personnel jib
• Pole puller with %" x 7' chain
• Pole puller with 'h" x 7' chain
• Lower tools circuit
• ROAC5-3 remate control start/stop system
• Riding seat (rear mount unit onty)
• lnsulated rating (46 kV and below}
• Oigger Derrick Use
• Platform Use or Combined Oigger Derrick and Plat-
form Use
Section 1 - Unff Specifications • 1
..

t - Unit Specffications 12·95

Terminology Defin iti~ns
14. Lower Boom
1. Outrigger Contro ls A structural member, attached toa tumtable or base,
The controls for operating the outriggers. which supports the extendible boom(s).

2. Outrigger Cylinder 15. lntermediate Boom (2nd stage)

The hydraulic cylinder which extends and retracts Any structural member which extends, located be-
the outrigger. tween the upper boom and the lower boom.

3. Outrlggers 16. Upper Boom (3rd stage)

The structural members, which when properly ex- The structural member which extends the farthest,
tendedor deployed on finn ground, assist in stabiliz- and which supports the boom tip sheave or the
ing the vehicle on which the unit is mounted. optional platform.

4. Pedesta1 17. Auger Stowage Bracket

The stationary base of the unit that supports the The bracket, located on a boom, which stores the
tumtable. digger and auger assembly when not in use.

5. Load Capacity Chart 18. Extension Cylinder

A chart which indicates the maximum weight, in
pounds, which can be lifted by the unit at regular
intervals of load radius, or boom angle, through the
tull range of boom elevation, extension and rotation,
including stability requirements.
6. Rotation Bearing
The rotating member of the unit between the pedes-
tal and the tumtable.
The hydraulic cylinder which extends the booms.
19. Digger
The mechanism which drives the auger.
20. Auger Extension Shaft .
The shaft designad to attach the auger to the d1gger
and allow adjustment of the boring depth of the
auger.

7. Tumtablé 21 . Au ger
n.e rotat10g base of the unit which supports the The hale boring tool of the digger.
booms.
22. Digger Hanger Bracket .
8 . Rotation Gear box The structural member which supports the d•gger
The mecharusm wt11ch drives the tumtable. link on the extendible boom.

9. Tumtable Winch 23. Boom T ip Winch

A winch located on the tumtable. A winch located at the tip of a boom.

1 O. Lo wer Controls 24. Platform

The controls on the -.e ... oe rumtable, or pedestal, The personnel carrying component of the unit.
designed for operatJng me MOVement functions of
the unit. 25. Upper Controls (not shown on diagram)
Those controls located on or beside the platform,
11 . Uft Cylinder ~ and designed for operating the unit.
The hydraulic cylinder that moves the boorns up and
down. 26. Pole Guide
A mechanism, at the tip of a boom, for guiding and
12 Boom Pin setting peles.
~ "'orizontal shaft about which the booms pivot as
ne~ are ra1sed or lowered relattve to the tumtable. 27. Pole Guide TIIt Cylinder .
The hydraulic cylinder which tilts the pole QUide.
13. Boom Angle lndicator
A device which indicates the angle between the
boom and a horizontal plane.

12-95
Section 1 - Unff Specifications • 3
 32. Digger Hanger Link
ICr" e ~ anorm rotates The structural member which supports the digger on
the extendible bQOm.

2: 33. Winch Une (not shown on diagram)

The load holstlng line.

34. Boom Tip Sheave (not shown on diagram)

30. The sheave, carrying the winch fine, located at the tip
- - • :lOOM whtch attaches to the upper boom of a boom.
D te exte:1e •..e reach of the boom.

31 Pote Guide Tong Cylinder

The h)'Orau ic cylinder which opens and closes the
pole gu de tongs.

4 • Sectioo : - Unit Specifications 12-95

 Section 2 -
Accident Prevention Signs
This unit was complete with accident prevention signs
when it was delivered. The location and illustration of
these signs are shown in Figure 2.1 on the following
pages. lf, for any reason, any of the accident prevention
signs are lost or become illegible, replacements may be
obtamed from your Altee representativa.
Safety lnstructions
This ·safety alert symbor is used throughout 1
th1s manual to indicate danger, warning, cau-
A 1
bon and attention instructions. These instruc-
tions must be followed to reduce the likelyhood of personal
njury and/or property damage.
The terms "danger, warning and caution• represent vary-
mg degrees of personal injury andlor property damage
that could result if the preventiva instructions are not
~ollowed. The following paragraphs trom ANSI publica-
t ons explain each term.
Safety
Dsnger
Jndicates an imminent/y hazardous situation
which, ff not -avoided, wi/1 result in death or
serious injury. This signa/ word is to be used in
the most extreme situations.
Wsmlng
Indica tes a potentiallyhazardoussituation which,
ff not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
Caution
lndicates a potentiallyhazardous situation which,
ff not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.lt may also be used to alert against unsafe
practicas.
The term "attention" is used to alert personnel of instruc-
tions that must be followed to prevent the possibility of
property damage. Property damage could include struc-
tural damage to the unit, component failure or damage to
nearby property. Read and follow all danger, warning,
caution and attention instructions.
Section 2 - Safety • 5
 13 60TH $lOES- llfAR MOIJt(l
SIOE- COIIIER 1.40\.NT

REAR MOIJN,. OR
CORNER MOUNT
PEDESTAL
BEHIND CAB MOUNT
TURNTABLE PEDESTAL

t-!YORAlA.IC
FOOT THROTTLE
RESERVO IR

- u RNT ABLE WINCH

l UPNTABLE
W l RIOING SEAT BOOM TIP W INCH
TU~NT ABLE
W l RIOING SEAT

A-FRAI\¡Of 0R
CORNfR ~T
OUTRIGGER
CHASSIS

Figure 2.1 - Accident Prevention Signs

12·95
6 • Section 2 - Safety
=:::::- =L- ~
w; PU_~cx.r
SECON

BOOM TIP POWER

PACKAGE ANO /OP
UPPER CONTROLS
- -STAND
CO~~ROL PEDESTAL

AUGER STOWAGE BRACKET

BEHIND CAB
GAUGE PANEL -
LH !SHOWN ) ANO
RH !OPPOSI TE SlOE 1

BOOM 11"

ADANGER
AN UNTRAINED OPERATOR
SUBJECTS HIMSELF ANO
OTHERSTO
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
YOU MUST NOT OPERATE
THIS MACHINE UNLESS
• You haYa bMn tralned In the ute operatlon
of thll machlne.
• You havt rMCI, under81and and tollow
the aatety and operatJng rwcomrnendatlona
contalned In the machlne manufacturera
manuata, your employer'a work rulel and
appllcable govemment regulatlona.
• You are aure the machlne la operatlng
property and hu bMn lnapected and
maJntaJned In acc:ordance wlth the
manufacturer'a manuala.
• You are aure that all aafety algna, guarda
and other aafety teaturea are In place
and ln proper condltlon.

Section 2 - Safety • 7
ADANGER
FAILURE TO OBEY THE
FOLLOWING WILL RESULT IN
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
• For stationary operallon, truc:k mus! be secu~ly
park~. drlvelrne d•sengaged, and D•gger Oernck
properly slabilozed pnor to operahon.

• To avold llp-owr. oulriggers mus! be properly

erlended on a sohd levcl sur1ace.

• Operare al! conlrols slowly and smoolhly and

make s.-e controls are retumed lo neutral
aher desited ope~allon.

• Never operate the machine wilh persoonel under

boom or load.
• K"""P load undflr hnom Up Do not sldP load bnom
or drag loads. Avoid lrtre sw•ng•ng loads.

• Kro.p al least 5 wraps olloadlme on winch drum.

e ~1!'1' move lh,e lruck untilt~ booms. augl!'l and

outnggers are In a properly slowed posttlon and
securrd.

e Rete-r lo the ~ralors ~nuallor complete

lnstructoons. U m•sstng, replace manual.

2-4;7()-40202

5-97

-
 A CAUTION ACAUTION
ALLOW DIGGER TO COME TO
A COMPLETE STOP BEFORE
SHIFTING. FAILURE TO DO SO
MAV CAUSE DAMAGE TO DIGGER.
RETURN DIG SPEED SWITCH
TO LOW POSITION WHEN
NOT PURPOSEFULLV USING
THE Hl SPEED OF THE DIGGER.
1·670-40 165

CAUTION
TO AYOID DAIUQINO YOUR IIACHINE. DO THE
POU..OWINQ IIEFORE IEXRNDING T1tiRD STAQE
WHEN ~ POLE GutDE 18 ......ED
T02NDSTAGE:
1. TLT POLE GumE TO STORE.aACK POSrTION.
2. DI8CONNECT POLE GUmE ~ WHEN
TRANSP'ERRING HYDRAUUC ~R TOOL
~ OUTLETSTOMDSTAGE.OOMllP. . _0 ..,;'! 10

ACAUTION
USE PROPER TORQUE ON ROTATION

REO HEAD
-.._O--
BEARING MOUNTING CAP SCREWS.
1 118• HEX,
325 FT·LB
(441 N·m)

A CAUTION
THE ADJUSTMENT OF THESE VALVES
15116. HEX, - - . ( ) . _
GREEN HEAD 150 FT·LB
(203 N·m)

SEE MAIN'TENANCE MANUAL FOR PROPER

CONTROLS THE SIDE LOAD PROTECTtON
SYSTEM. IMPROPER ADJUSTMENT CAN
AFFECT THE ROTATIONAL BRAKING
ABILITIES DF THIS MACHINE. DO NOT
ATTEMPT TO AOJUST THESE VALVES
WITHOUT CONSULTING THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL. 670-40137
INSTALLATION ANO TORQUING PROCEDURE
ANO RETOROUING TlME INTERVAL
1T IS IMPORTANT TO KEEP CAP SCREWS
PROPERLY TOROUEO TO PREVENT
FASTENER FATlGUE ANO CONSEQUENT
MACHINE OAMAGE.
1-67()...401"

12-95 Sectian 2 - Safety • 9

 CAUTION

~~~~~~~~~~~~~

10 • Sec-Jon 2 - Sa/ety 12-iS

 ADANG!iR
EXPLOSION HAZARD
ELECTROCUTION ANO
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
• Will result from contact with buried gas lmes,
electncal cables and olher uhhty hnes.
• Determine their loc;¡tion befare drgging. Contacl
approprrate utrlíty ~ government agency.
1-&70-40?33

A WARNING

12-95 Section 2 - Safety • 11

 Safety lnformation and Warnings
The following text specifies important safety information
all operators must observe when operating the unit.
Failure to observe these safety precautions could result
in death, personal injury and/or property damage.
All operators of this unit must read and understand
Operation Near Energizad Conductors in Section 4 be-
fore operating this unit near energized conductors. A
preoperational inspection must be performed daily, as
described in Section 4 underDaily Preoperational Checks.
Meter all boom hand controllers while posi1ioning the
boom. This will prevent the boom from causing shock
loads to the unit and vehicle.
Always retum the digger speed switch to the Low position
when not purposefully using the high speed of the digger.
On units with dual control panels, the diggerspeed switch
must be retumed to the Low position when leaving a
panel to use the other panel.
The boom must be positioned in the boom rest before
ra1sing the outriggers or moving the vehicle. Do not
operate the derrick while the vehicle is in motion.
The American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI) re-
quires the use of a multiple part line for loads that exceed
the w1nch line rated workmg load. A statement referring
to this recommendation 1s found on a placard located
near the lower control station. The winch line rated
working load can also be found on the capacity placard
near the lower control station.
Use a swivel hook with wire rope. lf wire rope becomes
twisted, it can store a great amount of energy that is
released when the load is unhooked from the load line.
This energy can cause the load hook to bounce around,
resulting in serious injury. Utilizing a swivel hook on the
end of the winch line helps prevent the fine from twisting.
The swivel hook must have a rating greater than or equal
to that of the line. Always stand clear of the load atter
releasing the hook from the load.
Before lifting a load, consult the capacity chart in the
manual, the capacity chart by the lower control station,
the jib capacity chart orthe platform and combined digger
derrick and platform use chart near the boom tip. Deter-
mine if the load is within the load capacity of the unit.
Avoid operations that cause side loads to be developed
on the booms. Serious structural damage to the machine
could result.
12·95
Understand the capacity of the winch and know rated
workmg load of the winch line before litting loads.
lf the derrick is equipped with a platform, do not exceed
the capacity of the platform.
jloanger
lt is impossible to foresee all situations and combi-
nations for the use of the unit. The operator bears
ultimate responsibility for following all regulations
and safety rules of their employer and/or any state or
federallaw.
Unauthorized alterations or modifications may cause
unsafe operating conditions, resulting in death, per-
sonal injury and/or property damage.
All operators must read and understand Section 4
under Operatlon Near Energizad Conductors before
operatlng the unlt near energized conductors. lm-
proper operation of the unit near energized conduo-
tors may result In death or serious injury.
Thls unit does not provide protection from contact
with or proximity to an electrically charged conduc-
tor when in contact with or in proximity to another
conductor or any grounded device, material or equip-
ment. Death or serious injury will result from such
contact or inadequate clearance trom an energized
conductor.
The flberglass platform at the boom tip area will not
protect against electrical continuity. The fiberglass
platform, properly Frtted with a platform liner, will
offer some protection for the lower extremities of the
operator's body. lt cannot protect against all contact
between an operator and either two conductors or a
single conductor and grounded elements ofthe pote.
Do not exceed the figures stated on the jib capacity
chart. Overloading the jib may cause failure of the jib.
Death or serious injury could result.
Do not operate the pole guide wlth a jib installed.
Damage to the jlb could result. This could result in
death or serious injury.
All personnel must be clear of the area befo re stow-
ing or unstowlng the digger. A free swinging auger
can cause death or serious injury.
Maintaln safe clearance from electrical power Unes
and apparatus. The operator must allow for platform
sway, rock or sag.
Section 2 - Safety • 13
 S~Of'e _..,..Dt ng to lower the platform with the
~ eo."'t.tt"':s for the protection of the ground
person.."le • t must first be deterrnined that the unit is
not energ ed Death ot serious injury can result
from contact with equipment that has become elec-
tricaJfy energized.
The booms must not be elevated near any energized
conductors when operatingthe pele puller. The lower
tools system hoses connected to the pole puller may
be wire braid relnforced hoses. Wire reinforced hoses
are conductive to any electrical charge on the unit. lf
the unit becomes electrically charged, death or seri-
ous injury can result from touching the unit, hoses or
pole puller.
When adjusting the counterbalance valve, allow an
exit path from the area around the lower boom as lt
begins to move downward.
Extreme care should be taken when turning the
counterbalance valve adjusting screw. As the ad-
justing screw is tumed, the lower boom will begin to
lowar. The rate of movement will increase as the
boom is lowered.
The rate of movement can be adjusted by how farthe
counterbalance val ve adjusting screw i s tumed after
movement of the lower boom starts.
The booms must not be elevated near energized
conductors when operating the lower tools system.
The lower tools system hoses may be wire b raid
reinforced. Wi re reinforced hoses are conductive to
any e ectncal charge on the unit. lf the unit becomes
electrically charged, death or serious injury can
result from touching the unit, hoses or tool.
The lanyard connected between the OSHA approved
fall a:estraint device and the boom tip lanyard anchor
must always be in place and kept in good condition. - Continued operation using a worn or damaged winch
lt should never be replaced with a lanyard of different _ line may result in line failure. This may cause sudden
length. lt should never be replaced with any material
t hat is conductive.
All counterbalance vaJves that were adjusted open
must be replaced or reset to their proper relief setting
using an Altee test block before the unit is operated.
Digger derrícks and aerial devlces that are not lnsu-
l ated carry no dielectric ratlng. Do not use them i n
proxi mity to energized conductors. Oeath or serious
injury could resull
14 • Sect'On 2 - Safety
Oeath or serious injury can result when in contact
with or prox\m'ty to an enrgized conductor if the
dielectri~ characteristics of the fiberglass boom are
not m~'ntainvd.
This unit has been tested perthe stability requirements of
ANGI 1t ma~· be operated, in accordance with the follow-
ing, on f:rm :.urtaces that are level or have up to a five
degree ~lnpc.
A warning
Park the unit on a firrn surface before operating the
derriclc. AIW3)'S U'le wt-eel chocks and parking brakes.
Use of ,uirigger& i:; orandatory. Outriggers must be
extended as instructed under Outriggers, and outrig-
ger pads must be used on all unpaved surfaces,
asphalt pat·"'m~r.t nnct other soft surfaces.
lt is impossi')!o te !~ra~~P. .,.11 situations and combinations
for set up of the unit. The operator bears ultimate respon-
sibility for insuring that the uni1 is properly set up for the
particular conditions oncountered.
A warning
Anyone occupying the platform must wear an appro-
priate OSHA approved fall restraint device attached
to a lanyard. The lanyard must be secured to the
lanyard anchor at the boom tip.
For operator safety, follow OSHA and company rules
concerning platform operation and mínimum clear-
ances.
Know the stability of the particular unlt that is being
operated. Avoid unsafe conditions that could cause
vehicle tipping. Vehicle tipping can result in death or
serious injury.
free-fall of the load and result in death or serious
injury.
Continued operation with a wom or damaged auger
windup sling may result in sling failure. This may
cause sudden free-fati of the auger during stowing or
unstowing. This can result in death or serious injury.
Do not lower the outriggers until all personnel are
clear of the area of eaeh outrigger. Setting an outrig-
ger down on a person's foot or other body parts may
cause serious injury.
12-95
Before rotating a load that is Jifted !1igh off the
ground, be certain there is adequate stao.J¡q · for the
load. 11 there is not adequate stability vnaer. rotating
a load high off the ground, tlpping of tt:t. &.nlt may
occur.
Worm gear winch cable anchors (threaded studs, set
screws, etc.) are not designed to hold rated capacity.
Keep a mínimum of five wraps of winch line on the
wlnch drum at all times.
Do not sit or stand on the lip of t: 1e platform.
Always stand clear ofthe load huokal.~r . ! .••uvir.g il
f rom the load. Contact with a load ho.,k may ; ause
death or serious injury.
An underslzed snatch block ma}· brea"- an~ cause
sudden loss of load control. Loss of load cont.r ol
could result in death, serious injury andi or property
damage.
Wear gloves when handling wire rope to prevent
hand injury.
Do not continue to operate a bent auger or auger
extension shaft. Use extreme caution when stowing
a bent auger or auger extension shaft. Failure of the
digger output shaft, auger extension shaft, auger
w indup sling or the clevis shear pin could occur
during stowing or unstowing. Death or serious injury
could result.
A lways return the auger to its original top position on
the auger extension shaft before stowing the auger.
Attempting to stow the auger with the auger exten-
sion shaft bolt In a lower position may cause failure
of the auger windup sling and damage to the tum-
table. A failed windup sling could cause a free swing-
ing auger. A free swinging auger could cause death
o r serious injury.
lf the clevis shear pin fails during stowing, use
extreme caution while continuing to stow the dlgger.
The auger windup sling may fail, which could result
in a free swinging auger. A free swinging auger may
cause death or serious injury.
lfthe unit loses hydraulic powerwith a heavy load on
the winch fine, remove the load before manually
stowing the unit.lf the load is not removed, overload-
ing or tipping of the unit could occur. This may result
in personal injury and/or property damage.
12·95
A two speed digger must be in low speed when
stowing the digger. lf the digger is not in low speed,
the auger will roll up too rapidly. Rolling the auger up
too rapidly may cause shock loadlng, resulting in
failure of the windup sling orclevis shear pin. A failed
windup sling may result in a free swinging auger,
which may cause death or serious injury.
Never stand or walk on or beneath a load that is being
moved or lifted. Never use a material handling jib or
winch to Jift personnel. Death or serious injury may
result.
The digger hand controller must be metered as the
auger enters the stowage bracket. Failure to meter
the hand controller m ay cause the auger to roll up too
rapidly. Rolling the auger up too rapidly could cause
shock Joading, resulting in failure of the windup sling
or clevis shear pin. A failed windup sling may result
in a free swinging auger, which may cause death or
serious injury.
lmmediately shift the digger hand controller to neu-
tral after the latch eloses under the auger tube. lf the
hand controller is not immediatety retumed to neu-
tral and the auger stow protection system is improp-
erly adjusted or malfunctions, the windup sling or
clevis shear pin could faiL A failed windup sling may
result in a free swinging auger, which may cause
death or serious injury.
Do not use more than one wrap of chain around the
pole. Do not make a choke chain around the pote.
This could cause the chain to break with a great
force. The chain could fly off the pote and seriously
injure nearby personnel.
Clear all personnel from the area before extending
the pote puller cylinder. A falling pote could cause
death or serious injury.
The platform occupant should position the platform
using the upper controls. Only use the lower controls
to posltion the platform in an emergency situation or
when the platform occupant is guiding the lower
controls operator. An error in judgment by the lower
controls operator could result in death or serious
injury.
Only use hydraulic oils as recommended. Other
fluids added to the hydraulic system may increase
eomponent wear, alter the lubricating characteris-
tics of the oil, or may destroy the insulating capabil-
ity of the fiberglass upper boom.
Section 2 - Safety • 15
This unit has been de~d to be operated only on
a firm surface with the outrigger penetration ad-
justed so that the vehk:le is level.
All outriggers must be properly set before operating
the unit. Do not use ._ unlt with the outriggers
extended on only one side. Do not use the unlt wlth
only one set of outriggss extended. Failure to ex-
tend all outriggers may result in the unit tipping over
if the booms are inlldvertently rotated to the
unstabilized area.
lnspect the auger windup sling each day before
operating the unlt. H a W'e rope auger windup sling
shows signs of wear 111dlor four or more broken
wires, replace it immediately. lf a synthetic auger
windup sling has cut strands and/or extemal wear,
replace lt lmmediately. A wom auger windup sling
could fail causing a free swinging auger. A free
swinging auger could cause death or serious injury.
The booms must be stowed in the boom rest before
raising the outriggers.
Fai lure to relea se the load on the outrigger leg before
using the manual raising procedure will cause hy-
draulic oil to escape under pressure, as well as
uncontrollable downward movement of the vehicle.
Never attempt to líft unknown loads with personnel
in the platform. lf the unit should become unstable
and overtum, death or serious injury could result.
Refer to the platform and combined digger derrick
and platform use capacity chart for limitations when
personnel are in the platform. Exceeding capaclty
chart values may create an unstable condition and
cause death or serious lnjury.
For maximum stablllty, the outriggers must be fully
extended and properly set on the ground or support-
ing surface before the booms are moved from their
rest positions.
j\caution
Positjon a jack near the outrigger to take the weight
of the vehicle off of the outrigger cylinder. Failure to
take the weight off of the outrigger cylinder will
cause high pressure oil to spray out when the hold-
ing valve is Joosened or removed. lt will also cause
the outrigger cylinder to rapidly retract. H this oc-
curs, the vehicle body will suddenly drop and could
injure nearby personnel.
16 • Section 2 - Safety
Before uslng the otartlstop switch to start the vehlcle
engine, makt sure 1he vehicle's transmission is in
neutral. 11· the uansm!ssion is not in neutral and the
englnt! 13 started, t ht; vehicle may begin to move.
This may cause personal injury andlor property dam-
age.
lf t:le a.~;1b;ed unlt is not level, the booms must be
pos:tivcly restrainod. This may be done by hooking
the bucm :;. rb sn operable unlt that is positioned
uphllllrom tt.s di&abled unit. Proceed wlth extreme
caution when using another piece of equipment to
rotate or restrain the booms. H the booms are not
resh lne.:t amd th~ ro:.ation brake ls released, uncon-
trc.l;ed , otalio.1 of thí! booms could result. Thls may
cause personal lnjury, property damage and/or tlp
the unit over.
Hydraullc oil escaping under high pressure from a
faulty \!onn~tmn , dos~. pinhole, cracked tube, etc.
may not t::~ v!sit.le, Lsut can have enough force to
lnject olllnto the flesh. Never use hands, or any other
body parts, to check hydraulic Unes and fittings for
leaks under ~r-ssure th3t are not visually obvious.
Failure to remon pressure before djsconnecting
hydraulic lincs or 1itongs will cause oil to spray out
under pressure as ihe connection is loosened. Hy-
draulic oil escaping l.Cnderpressure can have enough
force to inject oil into the flesh.
In cast. of injury by escaping hydraulic oil, seek
medical attentlon at once. Serious infection or reac-
tion can result if medica! treatment is not given
immediately.
Keep the unlt and workareas clean. Spilled hydraulic
oil creates slick surfaces and may cause personnel
to slip andlor fall.
Use care when getting on and off the unit andlor
when entering and exitrng the platform to avoid
slipping andlor falling.
The load lndicator gauge onty measures the load as
a percentage of the derrick's rated hydraulic capac-
lty. lt does not reflect stability of the unlt, which may
cause the load capaclty to be less than the hydraulic
capacity. The weight of the load must be within the
capaclty shown on the load capaclty chart located
near the lower control panel.
Never lift an unknown load. Determine the weight of
the material before moving it. Use the placards,
charts and gauges provided on the unlt and in the
Operator's Manual to determine the available load
capacities. Do not exceed load capacities.
12·95
Operators are instructed to operate the unit controls
smoothly, avoiding sudden reversals in di·ectlo'l or
abrupt starts and stops. Extreme cond;tion1> of rouah
control, dynamic or shock loacfino rnay f':ave a detri-
mental effect on stabillty.
The boom hand controller should be metered to slow
th e speed of the lower boom to avoid shock loads 1\S
the boom contacts the resl The lower bonrr. must be
stowed firmly In lts resl lf it bounces du. il"g travel,
damage could be caused to the lower boom, the IIft
cylinder and/or the tumtable.
Use only t hose tools speclfically designet.t for rnd
properly affixed to the lifting device v:hen &if ti'lg
materials.
Do not attempt to physically assistthe lifting device.
Plan the work procedure and mentf 'ly ...•ral~!hrough"
the material handling operatio1 bllf:'lre rr-:ving or
lifting any load.
Avoi d excessive side loading of tht ooom~ . Rotate
the booms toward the load instead of depending on
the side load protection system. Never '!Xceed the
load the rotation system can pull un~er its own
p ower. Side loading can result in damage to the
structures or rotation system and can adversely
affect vehicle stability.
Do not adjust the pressure of t he tools circuit above
the hydraulic power tools manufacturers' rating for
the tools that are to be used. Hydraulic pressure
above t he too l pressure rating may cause the tool
hoses to burst and/or the tool to rupture. This may
result in hydraulic oil escaping under pressure. Hy-
draulic oil escaping underpressure can have enough
force to inject oil into the flesh.
Failure to remove pressure before loosening a valve
cartridge from its housing will cause oil to spray out
under pressure as the connection is loosem!d. Hy-
draulic oil escaping under pressure can have enough
force to inject oil into the flesh.
Rotate the t umtable, very slowly. Proceed with ex-
treme cauti on when using another piece of equip-
ment to rotate the booms. lf control over the unlt is
not maintained, the booms could rotat e out of con-
trol. This may cause personal lnjury, property dam-
age, and/or tip the unit over.
Make sure there is suffi cient clearance around the
unit before moving the booms.lnsufficient clearance
may cause personallnjury andlor property damage.
12·95
Plnch points exist on radial outriggers. Keep hands
and fingers trom between the outrigger leg and
cylinder when raising the outrlggers.
The pole guide tongs are intended to be used as a
guide only. Do not use the pole gulde to clamp t he
pole tightly or to lift any of the pole weight.
jlAttention
Do not put the unit in service and run the pump at
normal operating speeds until the hydraulic oil res-
ervoir feels warm to the touch.
Do not raise the booms wlth the winch line at a side
angle. lf the winch line becomes tight ata side angle
while raising the booms, side loading will occur,
resulting in possible component failure.
TJit the pole guide to the stored posltion and properly
pin the transferable upper controls to the upper
boom or transferable fiares, before extending the
upper boom with the transferable f iares pinned to the
intermediate boom. Failure to f ollow the proper pro-
cedure will result in damage to the boom tip and/or
upper controls.
Do not attempt to override t he side load protection
system with the rotati on hand controller. This will
cause increased loading of the booms and may
damage the rotation system.
Do not use the winch to pull a pole that is firmly
imbedded in the ground. Attempting to pull a pole
that is f irmly imbedded in the ground could overload
the derrick, resulting in possible component failure.
Do not apply excessive downward force against an
auger or anchor that is at a side angle to the boom.
Applying excessive downward force causes side
loading to develop on the booms, resulting in pos-
s ible component failure.
A mechanically shifted two speed digger must be
completely stopped before moving the digger speed
switch. Attempting to shlft this type of digger on the
fly may severely damage the digger's interna! gears.
Do not use excessive engine speeds while digging.
Excesstve engine speeds may damage the hydraulic
system and cause rapid heat generation.
Always lock the platforrn brake before road travel.
Locking the platform brake gives maximum support
to the platform. Failure to Jock the brake may result
in damage to, or failure of, the detent pin.
Section 2 - Sal ety • ~7
Do not pin the pullout upper controls to the person-
nel jib when the outer housing of the upper controls
ls pínned to the transfetable boom fiares. Thls p ln-
ning arrangement will cause over extension of the
pullout upper controls when the upper boom ls
extended. Damage to the upper controls assembly
will result.
Do not use the hydraulic overload protection system
t o limltthe loads lifted bythe uniL Everytime the HO?
system operates, the unit is subjected to an over-
load. Repeated overloads may cause component
failure.
Do not operate the unit with the HOP system not
functioning properly. The unit is unprotected from
overloading. Severe structural damage could resull
Do not disable the HOP system in an attempt to allow
the unit to perform a task prevented by this protec-
tion system. Structural failure could result.
Do not stow a two speed digger In high speed. The
digger should be in low speed when stowing. The
digger hand controller should be metered as the
auger enters the stowage bracket. The auger stow
protection system cannot prevent shock loads as
the digger contacts the auger stowage bracket.
Purge the air from all the outrigger cylinders before
using the outriggers to support the unit. Failure todo
this may result in drifting of the outriggers.
Use extrema caution when operating a derrick with a
disconnected auger stow switch or boom stow switch.
The unit is unprotected from overloading when stow-
ing the booms or auger. Failure to use extreme
caution may result in damage to the unil
Do not operate the unit with the HOP system dlscon-
nected. The unit is unprotected from overloading.
Severe structural damage could result.
For the sequential boom extension to operate prop-
erly, the intermediate boom must be fully retracted
before the controls switch on tne lower control panel
is put in the Upper position.
To avoid seal damage, only use recommended fluid
in the foot throttle reservoir.
18 • Section 2 - Safety
Capacity
- . ----------------------
A chart sho ving the OÍgger derrick use load capacities of
the particul-=t.r mo~l of derrick is located near the lower
control station. This chart is used when lifting loads with
no personnel in the planorm. A range diagram is also
located near the lower control station. lf the derrick is
specified for platform use or combinad digger derrick and
platform use, tt'lere will a:so be a capacity chart and a
boom angla indic-atorvisible from the platform. This chart
is used wht n liftlng loads with personnel in the platform.
Copies of he if)"-"=tr control station digger derrick use
capacity placard, the range diagram and the platform or
combinad di~~r <fP.rrick and platform use capacity plac-
ard, if the L nit is so designated, are found in the front of
this manual. A sample range dragram, digger derrick use
capacity ptacard, platform or combinad digger derrick
anc1 platfnrm use capacity placard, and associated notes
are shown in Figure 2.2.
The capacity figures sr1ovm on the chart are the load
capacities ot the derrick. These figures do reflect vehicle
stability. The rated working load of the winch line may
limit the loads lifted by the derrick Capacity and stabilrty
are described rn Sectron 4 .
The load capacity figures given on the chart near t"le
lower controls show the maximum loads that may be
lifted by the unit at regular intervals of load radius,
through the full range of boom elevation, extension, and
rotation, and still maintain vehicle stability. The operator
may use the capacity chart or the boom raise capacity
test to determine whether or nota toad may be lifted. The
boom raise capacity test is explained in Section 4.
Considerations when using the digger derrick use load
capacity chart are:
• The load is tifted with the winch line at boom tip or
material handling jib tip.
• The personnel platform(s) is (are) unoccupied .
• The load being lifted must not exceed the smallest
of the following vatues.
- Load capacity shown in the chart minus reduc-
tions for all options mounted on the boom
- Winch line rated working load multiplied by
the number of parts of winch line
-Rated capacity shown in rated capacity chart
for material handling jib (if jib is in use)
• lf the actual load radius is not shown in the chart, use
the load capacity at next longar radius. When lifting
with the material handling jib, use the actual load
radius at the jib tip. Do not exceed the maximum load
radius shown in the chart when lifting with the jib.
Boom angles shown in the chart do not apply for jib
use.
12-95
 • ••nacted. use load
cz:a:::;¡cb~·t¡:: =x;rx;e:: bo;)- stage.
• - -= --s1 be used when the
:..= a.,.~s ....evo nch line rated work-
~ -= ~ o:>tamed by dMding load
- _-.,:,:p o: parts of fine) must not exceed
--en ::;); '"2."::C o~~'01<ing load. The upper boom (third
~..a;: --S :le ra. ly retractad when using a multiple
oa:- ...,e - rre wmch line anchor point is on the
'"':errT'eo.ate boom (second stage).
The load capacity figures given on the chart near the
boom tip show the maximum loads that may be lifted by
the unit with personnel in the platform. Loads must not
exceed these figures reduced by the option which is
mounted on the boom.
Considerations when using the platform or combined
derrick and platform use load capacity chart are:
• The personnel platform(s) is (are) occupied.
• The winch line may or may not be used íor lifting a
load at the boom tip or material handling jib tip.
20 • Section 2 - Safety
• Loa01ng must not eJCceed any of the following
cnnrtitions
T '.>taj personne! and material load (load in
~latfOIT!"'{s) plus load on winch Une) must not
exceed lo:-d capacity shown in chart minus
reductions for all options mounted on boom
' ,o~d on winch line must not exceed either of
the '"llowirg vaJue$:
· ~Rch fine rated working load
- Rated capacity shown in rated capacity
chart for material handling jib (if jib is in
use)
- '-oad ir platfo.m(s) must not exceed either of
the following "tllues:
- Rated pla':íorm capacity
- Rated capdt.ity shown in rated capacity
chart for personnel jib (if jib is in use)
- No load is permitted on winch line when
personnel jib is in use
• lf the actuaJ boom angle is not shown in the chart,
use the load capacity at the next lower boom
ang:3.
• lf a bcom stage is not fully retractad, use the load
capa~ity ior ¡;.e exiendeó boom stage.
12-95
 Section 3 -
Outriggers
The outrigger system is supplied with hyd:au!...: cil from
the main hydraulic system. O~ratlún of tne (J:Jtr.ggers ls
fully described in Section 5 under Outnggers.
The outrigger controls are norma1ly Jocated &t tha tailshelf
of the unit. The outrigger control handles ere uirectJy
connected to the outrigger Vdlves. These ......trols are
shown in Figure 3.1 .
Selector
• lv.t3E • 0\'T""ICü-~ / ~witch
OUTRIGGERS &TOOU.
~ L OWBI ~ \;;)
Figure 3. 1 - Outrigger Controls snd
Outriggers snd Too/s/Mschine Selector Switch
Shif1ing an outrigger control handle to the Lower position
directs hydraulic pressure to extend the outrigger. Shift-
ing the outrigger control handle to the Raise position
directs hydraulic pressure to retract the outrigger.
Jlwarning
Do not lower the outriggers until all personnel are
clear of the area of each outrigger. Setting an outrig-
ger d own o n a person's foot o r other b ody parts may
cause serious inj ury.
-=operate the outriggers, first move the outriggers and
s machina selector switch at the tailshelf to the Out-
=~rs and T ools position. Downward movement of the
-;gger control handle lowers the outrigger and upward
efTlent raises the outrigger. The control handles
re w!T' to neutral when released by the operator.
Controls
Outrigger and
Tools/Machine Selector Switch
The outriggers and tools/machine selector switch is
electrically connected to the outrigger blocking vaJve
(refer to Figure 3.1 ). Moving the outriggers and tools/
machina selector switch to the Outriggers and T ools
position opens the outrigger blocking valve. This aJiows
oil to flow to the outrigger valves. At the same time, the
speed of the engine increases for efficient outrigger
operation. Rgure 3.2 illustrates the path of hydraulic oil
flow when the outriggers and tools/machine selector
switch on the loNer control panel is in the Outriggers and
Tools position and the outriggers are operated.
After proper1y setting the outriggers, the unit functions
may be made operational by moving the outriggers and
tools/machine selector switch to the Machine position.
Moving the switch to the Machlne position signals the
outrigger blocking valve to clase and blocks oil flow to the
outriggers and tool vaJves. This prevents accidental
retraction cf the outriggers while the unit is operating.
When the outriggers and tools/machine selector switch is
in the Machine position, the boom tunctions blocking
valve is closed. The boom functions blocking valve does
not open until a hand controller or switch is operated.
When a hand controller or switch on the lower control
panel is operated, the boom functions blocking valve
opens. This allows oil flow to the boom functions valve.
When the hand controller or switch is retumed to the
neutral position, the boom functions blocking valve clases
if no other functions are in use. Thus, oil flow to the boom
functions valve is blocked. This ensures positiva shut off
of the derrick functions when all hand controllers and
switches are retumed to neutral. 1t aJso reduces heat
generation.
Lower Controls
The derrick has a proportionaJ electrohydraulic control
system. The lower control panel is equipped with electric
hand controllers rather than control handles that are
directly connected to hydraulic valve spools. When a
function is operated, the function's speed is proportional
to the distance the hand controller is shif1ed. For ex-
ample, if the boom hand controller is shifted in the Raise
direction at maximum hand controller travel, the boom
rises at maximum speed. The boom will continue to rise
until the handle is shifted to the neutral position or the
boom reaches its maximum travel for the boom raise
function.
Rgure 3.3 illustrates the basic path of power through the
electrohydraulic control system. When a hand controller
is shifted, the controller takes electric current from the
Section 3 - Controls •21
 ~ To Reservoir

Outrigger
Blocking
Valve

From Pump . .

Outrigger
Gylinder
Outrigger
Cylincer

Figure 3.2- Outriggers/Tools Hydraulic Circuit

Junction
Box

Hand
Controller

Boom Functions or
Slip Ring Digger/Winch Valve Section
Assembly

To Reservoir + Q.....-----uu

Ve hiele
Bat1ery

Figure 3.3 - Electrohydraulic Control System

22 • Section 3 - Controls 12·95
vehícle battery and varies the current flow depending
upon how far the operator moves the hand controller.
This variable electrical signa! travels through a cable, a
slip ring assembly and a junctíon box that is mounted on
the side of the tumtable. From the junction box, the
electrical signal travels to a pilot valve cartridge. The
variable electrical signal directs the pilot valve to send
pilot pressure to move the valva spool proportionally, just
as though the operatorwas moving the spool directiy with
a control handle.
The handle force required to operate a controller is
substantially less than that required for a manual hydrau-
lic valve handle. Precise contrcl of the funr tions is much
easier with an electrohydraulic vontrol s 7 dn.-thar. Vc.i")l
conventional hydrauhcs. The response of ths ~emol\ to
motion of the hand controller is quick.. Howaver, sudaen
starts, stops and direction reversals ar newhat damp-
ened. This helps prevent extreme shock loads to the unit.
Figure 3.4 illustrates the lower control panel Depending
upon the options on the_unit, the lowercont~ panel may
not have all the controls and toggle switches shown.
Foot Throttle
The foot throttle on behínd cab mounted units and riding
seat units is located below the lower control panel.
Depressing the foot throttle when operating certain func-
tions or multiple functions will increase the speed of the
function.
The hydraulic system for the derrick uses a two section
hydraulic pump. The vane section of the pump provides
hydrauhc oil flow for the winch and digger functions. The
piston sect1on of the pump provides oil flow for the boom
functions and auxlliary functions, such as the pole guide
function.
W hen operating the digger or winch functions, it will be
necessary to depress the foot throttle to obtain full
o o
0~..___-
Figure 3.4 - Lower Control Panel
12·95
function speed. When the foot throttle ls depressed, the
vane section of the tlydraulic pump responds by increas-
lng the amount of oil flow it outputs. This increases the
speed of the function. Depress the foot throttle just
enough to allow for maximum function speed. Do not
depress the foot throttle more than needed for maximum
function speed. This may overheat the hydraulic system
d damage the pump. lt also wastes engine fuel. The
maximum speed for each function can be found in Figure
5.2 in Section 5. Consult your Altee representativa forthe
maximum recommended engine speeds forthe vehicle's
partk.Jiar engine, transmission, PTO and pump combi-
nation.
''Vhen operating one boom function, it is not usually
necessary to depress the foot throttle to increase engíne
speed. The plston section of the pump is load sensing. lt
provides the exact oil flow required forthe function that is
operating. At engine idle, there is normally enough oil
flow to operate one boom function at full speed.
When operating more than one boom function, it may be
necessary to depress the foot throttle to obtain full speed
of each function. Depressing the foot throttle allows the
pump to provide enough oil flow for all operating func-
tions. Depress the foot throttle just enough to allow for
maximum function speeds. The piston section provides
the exact oil flow for the operating functions. Therefore,
any fuel used to increase the engine speed past those
requirements is wasted.
Engi ne Start/St op Switch
This switch is located in the upper left hand comer of the
lower control panel (referto Figure 3.4). The engine start/
stop switch may be used to start and stop the vehicle
engine from the lower control panel. lt operates like a
conventional ignition switch. The switch is operational
only when the cab ígnition switch is on and the truckl
machine selector switch in the cab is in the Machine
position.
o o o ll!aac. o~,., - · ... o
,.,.,._
@
.,._
l l CI'f at..c:-
1'0\.C (;UIOE
@
ClHO!
o \
Section 3 - Contro/s •23

j\caution
Before uslng the start/stop switch to start the vehicle
engine, make sure the vehicle's transmlssion ls in
neutral. lf the transmission ls not In neutral and the
engine ls started, the vehicle may begin to movó.
This may cause personal injury andlor propert'¡
damage.
Controls Switch
Figure 3.4 illustrates the location of the controls EW~..~
the lower control panel. lf the unit is equipped with 41r-J.IG.
controls, this switch will have three positions: Lower
Controls, which provides power to the lower controls,
Upper Controls, which provides power to the upper
controls, and Off, providing no power to either col'tJOI
station. lf the unit is not equipped with upper controls, the
switch will have two positions: Lower Controls and Off.
Circuit Breaker Switches
Located to the right of the controls switch are one, two or
three circuit breaker switches. The number of circuit
breaker switches on the control panel depends upon the
optrons provided on the unit. The circuit breakers protect
various electrical circuits on the derrick. lf a breakertríps,
it may be reset manually by moving the switch to the On
position. The circuit breakers and the components they
protect are descríbed in Section 8 under Circuit Breakers.
Cold OiVChange Filter Light
A cold oiVchange filter light is located to the right of the
circuit breakers (referto Figure3.4).1fthe unit isequipped
wrth dual station lower controls (a master control panel
and a slave control panel), this light will only be on the
master control panel. This light alerts the operator when
the retum line filler needs changing or when the hydraulic
Oii iS cold.
The light will come on when the hydraulic system oil is
cold and the engine is stepped up to operating speeds. In
this situation, the light should go out permanently when
the oil has warmed up to 120 degrees Fahrenheit or
hrgher. Section 4 under Cold Weather Start-Up de-
scribes how to properly warm the hydraulic system oU. lf
the light continuas to come on when the oil is warm, the
filler needs to be changed. Changing the retum line filler
1s described in the Maintenance Manual.
Control Panel Lamps
lhe lower control panel has two lamps that provide light
or mght trme operation. The lamps are on when the truck/
machine selector switch is in the Machina position. The
famos also serve as an indicator that power has been
iUMed on to the derrick.
24 • Section 3 - Controls
Digger Shake..Switch
The j;~ger s~~e .sytitch is located to the right of the
con' ol panel !amps (refer to Figure 3.4). This switch is
useci :o rerrr.v& dir\.f~Jll ~he auger flights. The digger
shake switch is a two position switch that is spring
retumed to the lower position. Movlng the digger shake
switch up and down with the digger control in the Dig
po~IQfl c~.s~s the augerto rapidly reversa its direction
of motion. lbi~pid reversa! af motion causes dirt to fall
off thE:! a•.• . Jhts. Refer tp Section 5 under Digger for
more if.f· 'llatioTJs>n removing soil from the auger flights.
.,-,. ..
A uger I¡J~Ieª~~wltch
-
ThP augar;~~ase s~h !s located to the right of the
diggr shaA\f7-s~cl'l ~ret~r to Fig.ure 3.4). The auger
release switcf:\ is .used to retract the auger latch when
stowing and unstoWlng the auger. There is a guard over
the switc-'"'. =~~preY:~n_tS¡~cci~entallowering of the
auger dt1e to p ·mp!J:l9 C?f tt~e:~cti. The auger ralease
switch is '1 :,'lo Qositipn :i:witQf';tfutt is spring retumed to
the Extend position. Holding the auger release switch up
retracts the auger latch. Releasing the switch cuts off
electrical P- Ner to the auger Jatch circuit. With the power
cut off, •he le:ch a>1~nds..Befe[tO Section 5 under Digger
for more 1r.formatioii on .unstowing and stowing the
auger.
Dlgger Speed Switc h...
The digger speec:! switchJs l~ted to the ríght of the
al!~er ralease switch {refertci Figure 3.4). This function is
used to t.hift hetween the high and low speeds of the
digger.
Moving tha digger speed toggle switch up to the High
position shifts the digger speed to high. A red indicator
light comes on when the digger speed is in high. Moving
the digger speed toggle switch down to the Low position
shifts the digger speed to Jow. Refer to Section 5 under
Digger for more information on digger operation.
JlAttention
A mechanlcally shifted two speed di gger must be
completely stopped before moving the digger speed
switch. Attempt lng to shlft thls type of digger on the
fly may severely damage the digger's intemal gears.
Pote Guide Switc hes
There are two pole guide switches on the lower control
panel. They are located directly to the left of the winch
hand controller (refer to Rgure 3.4). The switches oper-
ate the pole guide functions. The pole guide switch that
is labeled Forward/Store Back tilts the pole guide through
its ranga of motion. The sWitch that is labeled Close/
Open operates the open and close motion of the pole
guide tongs.
12-95
 8oth pole guide switches are spr;ny t;entered !o the Off
position. Jogging the switches will produce small am:. Jnts
of movement, allowing precise positionrng of !h... poi
guide. Section 5 under Pole Gulde describe.; tne opera-
tion of the pole guide.
Hand Controllers
The standard lower controf panel •has separate h •oc
controllers for the boom, rotafion, intermed:ate boc..n,
upper boom, winch and digger functions• r•~:Jte 3.4
illustrates the hand controllers. A joystick cont :Gi ls
available for the boom, rotation and intefTI'Odiate boom
functions. lf the unit has a joystick dontrollar, the up¡..sr
boom, winch and digger functions aré stll operatoo by
separata hand controlleri. The JOystick controllM 1S \je-
scribed in this section under Joystick ControHer.
Each hand controller is spting centered aoc .ocked J~ a
detent in the neutral position:-This prever tt. acc.!..ental
movement of a function dÜe to bump..-:g ~ a hand
controller.
To operate a hand controller, grasp the hcu'IOie Jf the
desired function so that the und6rs11.•a vf the !<nab is
pulled up to unlock the handle for travel. M ove the handle
to the desired position. Moving the hand controller out of
the neutral posítion opens the boom functions blocking
valve and d irects the standby pressure of the pump to the
boom functions valve. As the hand controller is moved
further out of the neutral posítion, the spe...d of the
function is proportional to the distance the hand controller
is shifted. The foot throttle may also be used to increase
the speed of a function when operating the digger, winch
or more than one boom tunc1ion. The handles may be
operated individually or in any combinatron. Refer to
Section 5 for more information conceming derrick opera-
tion.
Joystick Contro ller
The joystick, shown in Figure 3.5, allows three functions
to be operated from one control. lt is available on the
lower control panel forthe boom, rotation and mtermedi-
f ·! @?·@00
.._
,
COI-~ S .f~~~
Lo.!• ~
c:._o~~
o 6
-
""'
...... A Cl> A ~
·-- JIO StAC'if
OtfOO
""'
e
Figure 3.5 - Lower Control Panel with Joystick Controller
12· 95
ate boom functions. The winch, upper boom and digger
functions are opera!ed by individual hand controllers.
The joystick controller is spring oentered, but it is not
lockGd in the centered (or neutral) position. However,
ther is a detent button on the joystick controller (refer to
Figl e 3.5). This button must be depressed before mov-
ing the joystick to open the boom functions blocking
valve. Boom movement will not occur unless the blocking
valva is open. Therefore, the detent button prevents
acc: tal boom movement due to bumping of the joy-
stk.. o·qtroller.
Who ,n facing the control panel, moving the joystick to the
left .etra::ts the intermediate boom. Moving the joystick to
the right extends the intermediate boom. Pulling the
joystick back raises the boom. Pushing the joystick
fo rward lowers the boom. Rotating the joystick left causes
the unit to rotate left, or counterclockwise. Rotating the
joystick nght causes the unlt to rotate right, or clockwise.
To operate a tunction with the joystick controller, grasp
the controller and depress the red button. This opens the
boom functions blocking valve and allows oil to flow to the
boom functions valve. Once the controller is moved out
of neutral, the button may be released. The boom func-
tions blocking valve will stay open until the joystick
controller is retumed to neutral. M ove ttte controller in the
direction of the desired function. The function will operate
ata speed that is proportional to the distance the control-
ter is shifted. The foot throttle may also be used to
increase tne speed of a function when operating the
digger, winch or more than one boom function.
Gauges
There are three pressure gauges located above the
lower control panel (refer to Figure 3.6). The control
panel option chosen forthe unit will determine the mount-
ing location of the gauges. One of the gauges indicates
the pressure in the digger/winch circuits. One gauge
indicates the pressure in the boom functions circuits. The
gauge marked load indicator shows the percentage of
e
T
D
oQ
~ - -
'"'
DII>Gf«
®
A
~~ ~·
V
G
E
~A l
t
•
~ 9s
O ® ~i
.o
Lo-"
Cl>
A <1>
........
leDo <1>
.....
~
... a.c- .......-.- """"
"\/
t
S
¡O
Section 3 - Controls •25
the derrick's rated hydraulic capacity that is being used
when the derrick is lifting a load. Oepending on the
options the unit has, there may be a fourth gauge labeled
rpm. This gauge indicates the engine's speed.
Pressure Top View
Gauge for
Boom
Functlons
Circuits
Pressure
Load Gau.,¡e
lnd1cator for Dig;}sr'
Gauge Winch Circults
Figure 3.6 - Riding Seat Lower Control Panel
The pressure gauges for the diggerlwinch and boom
tunct1ons circuits can be used to give the operator an idea
of how hard the unit ís working. To do this, note the
reading on the appropriate gauge when the load begins
to move. Compare this reading with the maximum sys-
tem pressure for that circuit. The maximum system
pressure for the digger/winch circuit is 2,400 psi. The
maximum system pressure for the boom functions circuit
is 2 ,850 psi. Sorne troubleshooting techniques, as de-
scribed in the Maintenance Manual, also use these
gauges.
The gauge labeled load indicator shows the percentage
of the demck's rated hydraulic capacitythat is being used
when lifting a load (refer to Figure 3.7). The gauge has
two zones. At 100 percent, the load is at rated hydraulic
capacity. The area to the right of the 100 percent mark
represents loads that are over the rated hydraulic capac-
ity. At the point marked HOP, the hydraulic overtoad
protection system will activate. Section 6 under Hydraulic
Overload Protection fully describes this protection sys-
tem. By noting the reading on the gauge, the operator is
aware of the percentage of the derrick's rated hydraulic
capacity used when lifting a load. For example, the gauge
in Figure 3.7 illustrates a load that is 75 percent of the
rated hydraulic capacity of the derrick.
Jlcaution
The load indicator gauge only measures the load as
a percentage of t he derrick's rated hydraulic capac-
íty. lt does not reflect stability of the u nit, which may
cause the load capacity to be less than the hydraulic
capacity. The weight of the load must be within the
capacity shown on t he load capacity chart located
near t he lower c ontrol panel.
26 • Section 3 - Controls
-~Ff~.ure 3. 7 - L:oad lndicator Gauge
Upp..,r . .trols
Optional up_,.. . ..::ontrols at the boom tip give the operator
full proportinnal control of the boom and wlnch functions.
The upper <":Ontrol panel is available in transferable and
nontransferable styles.
The nontransferable upper control panel is permanently
attached to the boom tip on the upper boom. The trans-
ferable upper control panel may be pinned to the trans-
ferable fiares or the boom tip on the upper boom. lf the
unit !S equippec with a per:sonnel jib, the pullout transfer-
able uppercontrols may also be pinned to the jib. Pinning
the transferable upper ~ontrol panel is described in
Section 5 u'"!der Transferable Upper Controls. Regard-
less of whether the control panel is transferable or
nontran~fs:-IDie, the operation of the upper controls is
the same.
Figure 3.8 illustrates an upper control panel. lt has
separate control handles for the boom, extension. rota-
tion and winch functions. There is an upper controls onl
off selector handle. There is also a tools onloff control
handle for the tools outlets at the boom tip. The tools onl
off control handle is fully described in this section under
Platform T ools.
To operate a function from the upper control panel, first
position the controls switch at the lower control panel in
the Upper position. Then push the upper controls onloff
selector knob sideways in the direction shown on the top
of the knob until it latches in the on position. This provides
power to the upper controls and automatically increases
eng1ne speed. Slowly shift the control handle of the
desired function. Uke the lower controls, the speed of the
function is proportional to the distance the control handle
is moved. More than one function may be operated at the
same time.
3-98
 For the sequential boom extension to properiy operate,
the intermediate boom must be fully retractad before the
controis switch on the lower control panel is put in the
Upper position. lf the intermediate boom is partially
extended before the controls switch is put in the Upper
position, the intermediate boom will not operate when the
Ext'n handle is shifted to the Extend position until the
upper boom is fully extended.

/lAttention
For •he sequential boom extension to operate prop-
erly, the intermediate boom must be tulfy retracted
befor e the controls switch on the lower control panel
is put In the Upper position.

The control handles on the upper control panel are

connected to long fiberglass rods. The fiberglass rods
actuate electrical potentiometers inside the fiberglass
upper control tube. The potentiometers are severa! feet
away from the control panel. This design maintains the
electrical isolation of the upper control panel.

Lower Tools
The tools control handle for the lower tools circuit is
normally located on the tailshelf of the unit. lt is next to the
outrigger control handles (refer to Figure 3.9).
Figure 3.8 - Transferabie Upper Control Panel
Selector
The upper control panel 1s tumed off by pushing down on Switch
the top of the red upper controls on/off selector knob until
it raleases and retums to the off position. The four control
handles on the panel will not respond to movement when MACHINE
the control panel is off. However, the platforrn tools
funct1on will operate when the upper control panel is off.
This prevents boom movement dueto accidental bump-
•ng of a control handle.

Each of the tour control handles provide full metered

control of the function. The handles are spring centered
to the neutral position. A single extension control handle
ooerates intermediate and upper boom extension and
·etract1on.

-ne mtermediate and upper booms operate sequenbally.

Sequential boom extension provides an isolation gap
~ een the platform and the steel intermediate boom.
"En the Ext'n control handle is shifted to the Extend
~srtlon, the upper boom will fully extend before the
l'ltermediate boom begins to extend. When the control
handle is shifted to the Retract position, the intermediate
boom will fully retract before the upper boom begins to
retract. Sequential boom extension is operational only Figure 3.9 - Lower Tools
from the upper controls. The lower control panel has
mdependent hand controllers for the intermediate and
upper booms.

12·98 Secúon 3 - Contro s •2;


To use the lower tools circuit, first move the outriggers
and tools/machine selector switch up to the Outriggers
and Tools position. This opens the outrigger blocking
valve and allows oil flow to the outrigger/tools control
valve. Position the tools control handle In the Tools On
detent position. This provides hydraulic pressure for the
tools circuit. Use the control on the tool itself to operate
the tool. lf the tool has no built-in control, such as pole"~
puller, use the tools control handle to operate the tool.
When the tools circuit is not being u sed, the tocls contf<Jl
handle should be retumed to the Tools Off positioli.SftliS -
disconnects the hydraulic pressure from the tools círéuit. ·
Sectton 5 under Lower Tools describes the operation ot .
this tools ctrcuit.
Upper Tools
The tools onloff control handle for the upper tools circuit
is located on the upper control panel. lt is next to the
upper controls on'off selector handle (refer to Figure
3.8).
28 • Section 3 - Controls
- .... 1
To tum the toolsCfrcuit on, shift the tools control knob
forward andfQiease...I.ñis wiU senda signal from the tools
line to th~mp t~prQv.~e oil flowforthe tools circuit. The
tools canJhen be used:as.desired to perform the neces-
sary work funption. :=tn
.• 1 .• - ., .~ s
When1he tools.circui,t.~oot-being used, the tools onloff
contro~ handle shouldbe-tJU!ed off. The tools circuit is
tumed•ofttbe'-same wa'} f! n ~Uf11ed on. Shifting the tools
onloff contfOI haodle forward and-tben releasing the knob
tums tfle..tools circuit off. Shifting. the control handle off
willdiscon~ttA~ign~l line fromthe tools line. The tools
pre.ssure line i.s-dr~d when the tools circuit is tumed
off. Sectioo &tlnder.~fil~r. :rools ,describes the operation
of the 1oo~i:ir®ib. :>r:.. n· ·
· ::...::¡;q.:;o ::m .l<..J .>i.: n ·.~r
~ n; l~ b':.h'·9C .. c.~r. '.Cit z~:.
. ! ~ ! ,JI ~ m; IGlr •
.... Ol,
12·95
 Sectio n 4 - Before Y ou Op~rate ...

be lifted in this manner, rated capacity of the hydraulic

Capacity and Stability
system of the derrick is not being exceeded. This is
A chart showing the digger derrick!QS~1oad capacíties of referred toas the boom raise capacity test. lf stability has
the particular model of derriclfislódaled neaf:1tre·lower been maintained, then the load may then be winched up
control station. This chart is used when mtmg-rtoads with to the required position. lf it is necessary to extend the
no personnel in the platform. A range diagram is aJso booms with a load, then perform the boom raise capacity
located near the lower contl"oiVstatiOn~· lf the derrick is •IJ test and consider stability aJong severa! points of the
specified for platform use or cotnbín'ed digger~eriick and _··, extension.
platform use there wlll álso ~ a -capacity chatt ·and·a .. t V
boom angle indicatorvisible from the platform. l'his chart St@ility is considerad to be resistance to ve hiele tipping.
is used when fitting loads with personnet~ln tneplattorm. ~: T~~picle's stability is determinad by several factors.
Copies of the lower control station 'd lggétJ'demck 11se;.,, The size and weight of the chassis partially determine
capacity chart, the range diagram~n<f~ ptatform or • stability. The location of the derrick mounting on the
combined digger derrick and plaffo'Fffl..Uselrápaáty cbart,-.. chassis is another factor in determining stability. The type
if the unit is so designated, are found in' ttf~frortrtt>f this of outriggers selected for the unit and their positioning ís
manual. Sample placards and associated notes are also a consideration in determining vehicle stability.
shown in Figure 4.1 . Refer to Section 5 unde r Outriggers for proper outrigger
set up procedures.
The figures given on the derrick use load capacity chart
show the maximum loads that may be lifted by the unit at
regular intervals of load radius through the full range of
Jlwarning
boom elevation, extension, and rotation. Stability will be Know the stabllity of the particular unit that is b eing
maintained if the capacities listed in the chart are not operated. Avoid unsafe conditions that could cause
exceeded and the outriggers are properly positioned as vehiele tipping. Vehi cle tipping can result in death or
described in Section 5 under Outriggers. lt is always serious injury.
recommended that the load capacity chart be u sed as a
guide whenever lifting a load. Also refer to other consid- The stability characteristics of a vehicle vary as the
erations listed in Section 2 when ussng the capacity booms are rotated to different positions around the
charts. The operator must beaware L'iéU rare-d capacity of vehicle. Therefore, any load being rotated should be kept
the hydraulic system of tne deMck cr ;d~:Ies ydrau- as close tothe ground as possible. This will allowthe load
lic and structural hmna110ns a"'C ooas -;u: : L-ee stab Tt)- to settle to the ground, rather than tip the unit over, if the
factors. Therefore some oernc~ _,a) oe ®a ~~ ~ 'Oads vehicle becomes unstable.
exceeding the load capacrry chart values a.or- CO.J 1J
become unstable. lf this 1s the case, stabilny rr>lJSl oe Use extreme caution when lowering the booms with a
considerad first. The unit may need to be reposinoned for load on the winch line. The unit's capacity and stability
maximum stability. decrease as the booms are lowered. While lowering the
boom with a load, perform the boom raise capacity test at
several points to ensure that the load capacity of the unit
Jlwarning is not exceeded. Stability must be maintained at all times.
Never attempt to lift unknown loads with personnel
in the platform. H the unit should become u nstable This unit has been tested perthe stabillty requirements of
and overtum, death or serious injury c ould result. ANSI. lt may be operated, in accordance with the follow-
ing, on firm surfaces that are level or have up to a five
Refer to the platform and combined d igger derrick degree slope.
and platfo rm use capacity chart for limitations when
perso nnel are in the platform. Exceeding cap acity
A warning
ehart v alues may create an unstable condition and Park the unit on a firm surface before operating th e
cause death or serious injury. denick. Always usewheel chocks and parking brakes.
Use of outriggers is mandatory. Outriggers must be
Boom Raise Capacity Test extended as instructed under Outriggers, and outrig-
The lift cylinder is designed to lift loads within the rated ger pads must be used on all unpaved surfaces,
capacity of the hydraulic system of the derrick, regard· asphalt pavement and other soft surfaces.
less of boom angle or extension. This feature provides an
easy way for the operator to determme if a load is within lt is impossible to foresee all situations and combinations
the rated capacity of the hydraulic system of the derrick. for set up of the unit. The operator bears ultimate respon-
The operator simply attempts to lift the load by shifting the sibility for insuring that the unit is properly set up for the
boom control handle in the Raise position. lf the load can particular conditions encountered.

12-95 Section 4 - Before You Operate... • 29

 A IK ~JriH r.c 1u.~
~
CAUTIONIRE-AÓ ÑIJ· ua~r~ OPE'lAToP'S u.~
.....~;...;..;;;..____:::.__,_ BEFOI!E OPI'RATING Ht5 W.~IC
Hotts ' thrt.~ 6 oe~o• ,..,.,. •o rltdJO "'~ lood Caooc•t)' trwart ror 0"9;1e'" ~te> Uw
1
~~ :::','; f.'rt~u~.c::l't~·-$~*'~::,.~0 on.~•~'.~;:--
.,. ~ ·'"' no ,...,...SOI"V'C pJo1Corm~Q..G•ra . tf pto~fFm •J. ro o e oco.c•cO
~.,...;::.!o"":, c:::,"r,.or:' :.,;:·::o~'f~,'f::'"'•d o.n-ock/P o•'-
., .... • -,- • 1

ll.OOd-OI+ng 1tr1ed ~• not 1t~c.fcf"'tht sMctfñ" lof' tM fot.._tn; vok.tn

• looá c~U7 V'Gif'n "' ~· m~J"~~.;' rediUC-11~ for oll opt,on.s f'ftOU'\T~G an DOC""\
• ,..""'" t.tnot ~at•d Wo~""'C.1"9 1.000 ~Hot•eo CJJ ~ or DOr,s. of
• lt.dreo C'CIDOC~) '51'\0*" M'\ RottO Coooctty (har• (Of" MOIKtO ~""'9 .Jc
• •ncn '""
r";? JID IS ""' Ylie.
l ,r oc1wot ~ ...,;ws, c..- N' ~""' '" <tMrr 'f" ~ caoocny ot nell.' '0"9c~
roa·~o~.t 'M\to"" ttN•no ·~tftrrr r*!Ot..,.to• ~ ¡..a ~ttl<""cr rooo roc:u~w~s. ot J•o
tiC) Do Mf t~t~..(n(D~ ,_,Od t'QICJ~\~1> ~ 11' tncr"' ~ 11htn; • "" )O
- -·· - tor JID ......
"o/v7oc, 1 00 ""' ar>oly
ro ooam ltG<¡e ' i!'po.:-f~loz ,·~r· ·· \1M -0 ·~"} '! e>te,_Q ........ · · -
Td\ftJtdt 1~ mus.• e~ t..l'$eC ~ tooo oemg l·ftM race..os. W·n<""~
DCrt Wlof\Cf\
10' LW Rotto wor1..ng 1.ooo W·~ ttne" ~~ tObroint o tJC a "rdlf"'9 toco • • •V'It
"¡#$~ ~~~~'~f~,~~r~e!Jl= :;~ mu~!~:,..~~~~rloc»
•·nc ~ pa""t -.. on Znc s.tooc ooom
li- -1--+-Hr---r- , ~.
wonc'\

'Loocs co- "•' .__·.~('¡~ '- ~ ~Sl.."i61 · ot.oc!Uol'tjpplnq •ooa• on

~~--~--~--L-~--~~~--L-~ o· IC'Y.,f ,.._,(O(.C' j)OH'O 011'\ l.r)t~ V~•C•~We~f ~no-.n lf Otrr•C:'c: 1~ rt~trd
o ) t!>
;¡ z~ 30 3~ •o •s or ,r 'v«>K·• •• ~r.t1i•lli •..,y lor~ <1ctacl~ (l91'•' ~t:7 5on•o•:1 • toe •o
Of>T~·rte ' ' ,__, 1 0fl" .c:tv:/1'-~s. ~~~!t't<f
lOAO I!AI)IUS FIIOtol Cll U ROTA110N IH.Ell ...... ... CCIDOCtty
...
67Q·Ot.fg()
61'0·-
' ~
_,. -"= :e
o OXXXll XX o
LOAD CAPACITIES ILBI FOil OIGGER OfRAICK USE OOAEc. OGn

t!IOII
fll
~

Jt
=
)().

·~
l[)¡
..f~n·

•xxxt
ZNOJrt~~·
·-Ciol>lol:ln' .-!

.(!¡)()(
lttll
- - -
-
l'IOJ;~~· liC) ~J:.J~"fU

101
ltX.
LOOD

xun
tu.oocm'

:UJtlU
-
10111

XX
.
xx·
...,.,..,...,.,..,.
..,.
~,.

nxxx
. IIO.f · -

xx •
.
-
~~~--
UI"'-'.,1
--
Nttoe .... ~._ ""' ... $ERIAL

rNi:.W (~ --~.......~~~- fl~~ ...

. ~:=::_~tt~_:.y;
=.-:..~:..~~~
.......,...,..,!Y•·
H0

z·_ ~

·;:.
LMl<- ----- -- ....
X XX uxu XX unx XX uxu JCX .-."&JLID.."'t
UU.[IoOo
n· xu: u; ~
X
X XX
~J'AIC
1{101> "" x.-:xx
XX
u u u uu .. ...~~li!
r ,.,. ,...."""'ICXl:.J...-LJ
..,.LI

• u. -
"'XX" J._JI .. ).
XX
XX _x xu xx xux r ~ .JIS-alll!j~t•~!.J
X XX xxu XX A Al.J. u JU.JClt r.::=ut=~~~r: :;~
• - -
-- U '! xxu ••- X~XJ
--
JCX.
···~ lA CAUTiG.Nb ... .
"X -- n xxx•

...
XX U».
- - .- xx· uxx
•- - - - - lUI ~x.a ~....~~-=:ct ~.: r<
1•
~X o
"A.lJVt M'DIIU.Jt S"I"Slt:' ~ Y'TTIC XJ:U PSl
1010 o·
~~0~·~------~ ·
~ o· u u -
1 Wv 1 • ' - ' • •
e-CfWI
t.,_.,.,.
. .~ ........... , .. lllllft
.
ltC. o.a:o
ll.R11ICic. COIAQ S Cll'lU.l trG lQ. f A:2: U V1X
WDOII.K ...Q - K L~-----LI'
..OCJIIC.'f1t
-
1~ 1.1

u1 , , sunn• 1151 lOOII • .cm 15' _ .....,_ .. .,.,__

_1XJ
~TI()6
- - · · lll!UIIol - .... 111
_ _ r Miüi!AI.MNCL......
- ....
·<. ~1
.
TJ( I-

• 1 n· - . ""'I..OPW umao _ _ _r IIIISINCl.

_ f11U11DIWI
COlO

o
_ _IIIIUIIO tEftiQI
fte n MO " " ''
... ~ o

~
._,OM.C'~ ~ tf'l
MOOEL
&.ooo
oxxxx X
CGDOC t; Cl\:rt o• r 17'' ,.,....,..,
LOAD CAI''ACJTJES CLBl!> CPERSONNEL AND MATERIAL! F"OR
PLATFQRH ANO COI"BII\EO DERRICK / PLATF"OR'' USE 1
1
Dt r!'O.Ict"CI o, atnekl'l• ~Oe'l'll Otlow ror cocn oot•on FI,Ll Y 3Rú Sl AGE ONL Y 210 ¿ 3RO ~ ~
...,..e,. •• ~'"' .,.. ooom 600M 1 RE1<lACTEÓ EX TE11o't>E0• S1AGES EXTE,..OEO
Slh{,,.E Pl"1<011"' " ' 800'" Tlf......- ......... ,_.X lB
ANGLE 1 1 1
LOAD CAPACilY LOI\C CAPAC·n lO...O CAPIIC!TY
SEC()to() Pllolf01111 • ' 90011 Tl".................. .xu LB
lll€~ xx·
I(ACHl ...... _ .......... ,_ ............. - .......... Xl lB xxxx xxxx xxxx
• • "AT[RI"'- HI\PO.IM". J~B ,,...,. MOOEu ........• lB xx· xxxx xxxx xxxx
11'" ,_.,T[AIA.. .......O.IHG J!B.
8' ~ Jl8 >l'lllf 1 ...:-.....
P,~trQR;.: xx· . ~X.>' L8
U> LB XXX)( xxxx xxxx
8' ~ JIB IIPO!' Pl•T~~ .......... LB xx· xxxx xxxx >..XXX
s.. lOOO Coooc•lt o.on for 0t991"" OrrforT.oo Uk ot
lo.-K cOJ"\t"OI" 'I"'C~ ept~
'4•nc"
xx· \'O'IC
xxxx xxxx xxxx
RotK WOt'IIW'Q lOOd
fot
xx·
01"0 l.N'~O \Pef\41(4. W.JQnt xxxx xxxx xxxx
;ÁCAuTroNIIIEAO .uoOPWI ~~«RST.uo ooa.o•OII s ~ xx· xxxx xxxx xxxx
8Ef~
TI(; 'NS L XX • WAI)o xxxx xxxx XXX
SH ''"''9
OdJO lar
rchrc-ncco en ·"•• e-1'0"·
t
Olocarc ore-
I"'Itn
1 x· tf'W"\1
67e--XXX'AJ
~ . ,_.,,.
XXX)t xxxx XXX

Ltoll ttOQ<n~ _ , ., I7WT1 en ror P!olform or ecn- 1119;e< o..< o llf ~- cr'QIIIs ACt ~ ti IJ'G'I, 1M loOII CCD(I(II} 01 'tJI lOe"' 100m~
""' Plol''"" Lbc . ., lh ~ ""'' """..,.,...¡ ploll....,..........
.. • ~....1 • ordl ' "" ..""1 .."' rr ...."9 '"" •' -
.. acc.:~ • "'
.. •Jr o _., sro¡r 11 rool 11M) rtlT«lfG. 1M loOd CC1DC1<11J 10' u tfi\IIKI _ . , sro¡r
~n¡ )111 110 lf I!IO'Irm 11 1101 ~ rtftr lo LIIO!l ~·'l o.:r·
t iiOil iC1DCI<IIe ~ 11 IJ'G'I ele NI t >(m 51l 1501 lor CS/.1 ol 1«""

-n
5
'"' o.¡r¡.r Oorr6 u.. lo<OitG o1 - ~II"Oilo ror " - ' - cae• 1t1
.._ "" - . ..rfoct « 1~1 Del rcr CSAI or l'*'f'll - en ~· • -
zl taóiOIJ mal ,., t....O 1nJ o( lltt f~ <arGIIN "'~- Ve!!•lf W.911 ti llln"O ",........,....,., ~
• lolol oorwrw tl'd !I'Oitral 10011 ltooO " IIIO'f•mts 1 ~ 10011
In ! ....SI a
-
""'ICC 15 ...,.,le<!.,
"'1 tay ctftcllt'9 slablll). COl>!«' ~·oc 11
"" 9 1'01 IIC' tl<ftd looll GIOOC>IJ , _ . CW ..,_ 01''""" 11 - looO IC1DCI<II) '""' ll r~wed
rfÓol(l- rtr all ..,, _ '''"'"ed on _ ,
• LCOD cn . ,.,. 1,.,. I'Ul ...,, uc~ •' - o/ ~ footaoon; .....
- w..., L.,. Rll!oo ••~"'9 load
- Roted cca:ul ,_, 1n ioltd CtlDoclly 0o1 rtr l!l:'rc
hnln¡ Jó o!' jib 11 .. OM)
• l..., ., p~~~r..,.,.tsl....s• 001 t<tttd el~ of tnt f-..: - .
- Rattd l'lollonn CCIDCI<•If

• llo lood
lit ,.
IS -lttll
• IID!ro tC1DCI<IIy , _ , In illttG CtlDoclty Oo'1 f<r ~"'""" le
11 •• 1611
01'1 • ""' 1ft otrto ~ ¡6 IS • CSt
.._._... t ,_..,.. ~ .,.. """~ O'oca.-o ~rrr to .,....,....
r Cl!tll~ .,_. _... CGI""C II"'C:d t0 IPJo1 lar- t.-.o.-n-
..... e-_ ~

Figure 4. 1 - Sample Ra,r- O 8gra"'f2 and Capscity Placaras

30 • Section 4 - Befare You Operate... 12-95

An Altee derrick may be specified by-the custom~Jor use
in one of two ways.
Digger Derrick Use- for derrick.úse onty,_such as
lifting with the winch line, digg_ing-with ~e auger, and
setting screw anchors, withouf.B{Iy. J>E!¡Sonnel plat-
form use. ·
Platform Use or Combinad Dlgger Derrick and Plst-
form Use - for use as a personnel pldform ot -
combined personnel platform and materiaJ handling
device. •: - . .. • lt is lmpossible to foresee all situations and combi-
• ·.,.,.
Every derrick is tested by the instaUéc ~fo-re.delivery to
meet the stability requirements for Oigger Oerric~;Use
according to ANSI. A load capacity cb_ar.tJQr C!!gger
derrick use is located near the lower controls on all
derricks. - - - -
~ ~,:y! -
The specification for Platfonn.U$e ~ Cotllbfñed Digger
Derrick and Platform Use 1s re,gu~.r Ofl-é!.U. derricks
equipped with upper contr9ls. an~r·ap'ª~rm. and on
any other unit as specifiéd bY the -customer. -Each Altl...
derrick with this specificatio.n~~e~d.'t>Y the lnstaller
before delivery to meet the 'Stal>i!!!Y requiraments for
Combined Digger Derrick and PlatfQrm U~e áccording to
ANSI. Derricks with this specificatioñ will be equipped
with a load capacity chart for platform and combined
digger derrick and platform use anda boom angle indica-
tor which are visible from the platform. A derrick may not
be used for personnel lifting or for combined personnel
lifting and material handling unless it has been stability
tested and equipped to comply with this specification.
Complete, dated and signed records of satisfactory test-
ing and inspection are maintained in permanent files by
the lnstaller.
Jlcaution
Never lift an unknown load. Determine the weight of
the material before moving lt. Use the placards,
charts and gauges provided on the unit and in the
Operator•s Manual to determine the available load
capacities. Do not exceed load capacities.
Avoid excessive side loading of the booms. Rotate
the booms toward the load instead of depending on
the side load protection system. Never exceed the
load the rotation system can pun under lts own
power. Side loading can result in damage to the
structures or rotation system and can adversely
affect vehicle stability.
12·95
Operators are lnstructed to operate the derrick con-
trols smoothly, avoiding sudden reversals In direc-
tion or abrupt starts or stops. Extreme conditions of
rough control, dynamic or shock loading may ha ve a
detrimental effect on stability.
Operati on Near Energized Conductors
=
A
a Danger
"'natlons for the use of the unil The operator bears
ultlmate responslbility for following all regulations
and safety rules of their employer andlor any state or
federallaw.
This derrick is equipped with a fiberglass upper boom
and associated nonconductive components that, when
proper1y used and maintained, may be used for work
around energizad conductors if the unit was manufac-
turad and marked as an insulated digger derrick. lnsu·
lated digger derricks are designad and manufactured to
meet the dielectric standards of the American National
Standards lnstitute (ANSI) in effect at the time of its
manufacture. lnformation regarding whether or not the
derrick is insulated can be found on the capacity placare!
near the lower controls.
j\oanger
Dlgger derricks and aerial devices that are not insu-
lated carry no dielectric rating. Do not use them in
proximity to energizad conductors. Death or serious
injury could result.
This derrick shall be used near energized conductors
only by fully trained and qualified operators who are
trained and proficient as electrical linemen. Personnel
using this equipment must be familiar with the hazards of
contact with energized conductors, for the protection of
themselves, their coworkers, workers, and the public.
• Electricity seeks earth ground by any means avail·
able. A derrick without a fiberglass upper boom and
associated nonconductive components or with a
fiberglass upper bOOm and such components not
known to be in good condition, should not be taken
close to energizad conductors. OSHA regulations
prescribe minimum clearances required for such
equipment.
Contact by the operator's body with an energized
conductor can provide a path for electricity to reach
ground through a poorly maintained or non-insulated
fiberglass upper boom and associated components.
Section 4 - Befare Yo u Operate... • 3 t

Aoanger
Death or serious injury can resutt when in contact
with or proximity to an energized conductor i1 the
dieleetrie eharaeteristics of the fiberglass boom are
not maintained.
• The dielectric characteristics ot the fibergl "'S ~ upr.~r,~
boom are effective only if all of the followíng condi-
tions are satisfied.
~~·
Fiberglass upper boom is clean, dry, fre~ of
tracking, and in good condition as established by
dielectric testing.
The fiberglass upper boom is extended so the
mínimum extension placard on the upper boom
is beyond the tarthest extent of all metal compo-
nents on or attached to the intermediate boom
tip. Examples of the correct extension are shown
in Figure 4.2 .
No winch line shall bridge the nonconductive
gap between the boom tip and the end of the
intermediate boom.
Fiberglass upper controls components, non-
conductiva hoses, and other nonconductive
components originally furnished with the fiber-
glass upper boom have not been replaced by
conductiva components.
The lower or intermediate steel boom or part
thereof are not in contact with nor in proximity to
any energizad conductor.
• The fiberglass platform will not protect against elec-
trical continuity. The fiberglass platform, properly
lntermediate
Boom Placard
lntermediate
Boom
Figure 4.2- Mínimum Extension P/acard
32 • Section 4- Before You Operate..
titted with a platform liner, will offer some protection
tgr th~·lgwer.eit~rnities of the operator's body when
~~¡ated . in ~ccordance wrth the preceding para-
·9!a@.~:the platform operator must maintain safe
_ clear~Ofi&s..f¡o~.e.ffa<:tdcal pow.er lines and appara-
·c tus aod [T)4S~. ap<?,~ lor_RJatform sway or rock.
. ... fi ; :- . .,.~ !'1 ,., '(
• Occupants o(a nberglass platlorm must not touch
two ditferent conductors, or a conductor and a
. groun.ded wire or _c.ornpooent, because death or
_- 's_eriOus i!liWy may resl!l{ ?
,-:;- ~.. r ,..c, : , -
! ..C;<?I¡l~Ct.byr~e.~~él booiT's, otby'a fiberglass upper
- ~ornW.pporsoQ:Cf!í}oQ, witfí an.energized conductor
; -:..wtP .epef~ ~ ~myre...YeJ;licre. lf the vehicle be-
comes energizad, it is ar;t.extreme ~azard to anyone
who might touch the vehicle or unít. Even with a well
") rna~i!)ed ,,f.lb~rgiStS~J upper boo,m, all personnel
- mustre{11~P ~~~:ft!iif~9e¿v.enicle or unit any time the
booms are elevated near energizad wires.
• Tools,-etectricat-cords-and meta~components at the
boomt_ip r:naybé'eOÓdúCWB"andshould be used with
care. ¡:; ':.-~--
• Hydraulic oilftll.J.S;\ 'b~ k~pt .free of water and other
contaminants. ~.~Jl!e 'and test the hydraulic oil
peñodically. Neyec pout ~!Jtomotive brake fluid or
antifreeze into the hy.Q,rat,J1~ system because of its
ablity to conduct eleétricity~
The hazards descñb.ed in the preceding paragraphs
must be known by all personnel who operate or ride in this
derrick. In addition to these hazards. there may be many
other potentlally hazardous situations whlch may exist to
endanger personnel. lndividuals should be fully aware of
and practice all regulations or safety rules of their em-
ployer andlor any state or federallaw.
Placard
Upper Boom
Owners and users of insulated derricks afe
re~ulred by
ANSI to provide for periodic inspectfoñ' imd iJfelectric
testing of insufated componentS. PeriOdtc iñs~Jon and
testing, as defined in ANSI-ppbltchlioñ~. mean$..at ínter-
vals of 1 to 12 monthá. This~"f~comm\;Má\T6ñ ls-not
intended to aJter or char\ge.;more rreqaetítinspectioo or
testing of other components as defined in ANSI
publications. •e ? , ·.:;·:,,; ¿ · ~... ~"
lf it is ever necessary tb' chahge or replace-irWeompo-
nent that is a part of the up'péri>oom, \~ unit· mliSt be
dielectrically retestedl This includes boom, tool lines,
controllines, etc. lf there ls·everaftv"'dmJbFal>out·thb
dielectric strength ofth~ rffytlraó)ib'1Slf dr m!rufátmg oom-
ponents because of. fón\afnihéltí~n<?ór <fa~rria§@~tNé1mit
should be dielectricalfy t~sted . · tes·~ ~a~ ,-.~
~ r~:;...\\,.
- f.
lt is recommended that ak tE!Sts be1ho«>Ughty~ocu­
mented and all test records"11~ huitn'tciln~in a-perma-
1
nent file. • " ci: ~ ~rs·,~ 9 ~ - =•
The derrick should be inspected at the beginning of each
work day, befare going out on the job. By spendrng a few
moments every day lnspecting'thEfunit, ~otentlal service
and safety problem~ rnay b~tiétected. The following
items should be chec-ked durfng thEr 'd aily preoperation
1nspection (refer to baily Preoperational Component
lnspection and Diagram).
1. Check the oillevel of the hydraulic reservoir. When
checking the reser\toir. the unit should be on level
ground, booms stowed and all other cylinders re-
t ractad. The oil level must be betweeli the Add and
Full marks on the filler cap dipstick. lf necessary, add
oil of the proper type as described in the Mainte-
nance Manual. The need to add oil on a regular basis
indicates a leak in the hydraulic system. The leak
should be found and corrected.
2. Conducta visual inspection of the unit. lnspect pins,
fasteners and welds for looseness or damage. Also
check hydraulic cylinders, hoses. and tubes for leak-
age or damage. Any loase, or damaged component.
fastener, hose, tube, pin or weld must be repaired or
re placad befare operating the unrt. Special anention
should be given to check the fasteners of the follow-
ing components.
• Boom pivot pin
• Uft cylinder mounting pins
• Digger link
• Augertube
• Kelly bar
• Auger windup sling
• Pole guide pivot pins (if applicable)
12·95
• Platform mounting pin (if applicable)
• Platform mounting bracket {if applicable)
Jlcautlon
Use care when getting on and off the unit and/or
when entering and exiting the platform t o avoid
sllp,>ing dlor falling.
' 'C -· '
3. lnspect the fiberglass upper boom for dirt and track-
ing Also check for chipped or scratched fiberglass
~tll'faces. Any of these condrtions could reduce the
ñonconductive properties of the fiberglass. lf neces-
sary, clean the booms as described in the Mainte-
nance Manual. Repairchipped orscratched fiberglass
according to the Altee gelcoat repair kit. This kit is
hf'rr •·•
listad in the Maintenance Manual under Service
Tools and Supplies.
4. Position the untt on a leve! surface, apply the parking
brake, check the wheels, start the engine, engage
the PTO and set the outriggers as described in the
Preparing for Operation section. While setting the
outriggers, make sure the outriggers are operating
properly. Check for oil leakage from the outrigger
cylinders. lf any problem is found, rt must be cor-
rected befare the derrick is operated.
5. With no one in the platform, operate each boom
function from the lowercontrols.lf the unit is equipped
with a platform, test the operation of each function
from the upper controls. While the unrt is operating,
look for oil leakage from the hydraulic lines and
components. lf any function does not operate prop-
erly oran oilleak is found, correct the problem before
operating the unrt in a work srtuation.
6. Check the electrical portion of the hydraulic overload
protection (HOP) system for proper operation. With
the booms stowed, operate the winch raise, digger
dig, boom lower, intermediate and upper boom ex-
tend functions. lf any of these functions are opera-
tional, the limit switch in the bottom of the boom stow
bracket is not properly activating the HOP system.
The cause of the problem should be determinad
and corrected before operating the unit in a work
situation.
7. lnspect the winch line and auger windup sling. lf a
wire winch line or auger wlndup sling has tour or
more broken wires, replace it immediately. Also, if
the sling shows signs of kinking, crushing, or corro-
sien, replace it immediately. lf a synthetic winch fine
or auger windup sling has cut strands and/or extemal
wear. replace it immediately. Use a genuine Altee
replacement part to insure that the proper rope and
Section 4 - Before You Operate... • 33
 Daily Preoperational Component lnspection and DiagraJ1l
- ~ : r¡..l• ••
ltem Check For
Reservoir oillevel Oil between Add and Full ma11<s
Fasteners - Cap screws Loose or missing, lockwires in pi~
Auger windup sling (synthetic)
Auger windup sling (wire rope)
Cylinders
Bearing secure in eyes

Hoses f toper routingsand$llppi)firl;:.. r ·t ·

Exposed wires, ~~tiffS,"'óbYs'i tR léakage-
Steel tubes
Pins Retainers in pTaoe-a:ndnotbroken or distoFted.
lockwires in -place,~ll'ltactwith.no _en!~
Welds Cracks and distortioorr $ ' '"R •r
Winch line (synthetic)
Winch line (wire rope)
Outriggers Proper operation and cylincJer le_akag~
lower controls Proper operation of functióhs
Upper controls (if so equipped) Proper operation of functions
Hydraulic overload protection (HOP) system No operation of winch raise, boom lower d gger o g. n:ermediate
and upper boom extend functiooS' i.vlftf.boom stoweo
Fiberglass upper boom Dirt and contan•ination affetting ~llCOndU:tive pm~r:. es
-=P-Ia_tf_o=-rm/L----:-i-n..:..e..:..r-------------C-o-n-di-ti_o_ n-and cleanliness '' "'f. _a,.

: - ~ ' wmch LIM

Platform Mounting Bracket Cyllnders Synfhétlé or wire rope
No distoñion No rod or bárlal damaga {see e.bove)
Bearing secura in ayas
1
Holding Valves
No~leaks

All Fasteners Auger Wlndup Sling

Signs of looseness Synthetic or wira ropa
or missing (see abova) All Pl n Retainers
No bent or broken stams
Lockwires In place
Welds intact
Loosa or missing fasteners 1

controls, upper controls,

and HOP system for proper
operation. Checkhoses and Outriggers
tubes for proper routing, Proper operation and cylinder leakage
loosness and leakage and
olllevel in reservoir.

34 • Section 4 - Before You Operate ... 12-95

 design is used. Refer to the Maintenance-~J~al for transmission into direct drive (usually fourth or fifth ..
requirements and procedure~j<~E!!P~9!Te~~- gear) and slowly let out the clutch.
?, ':.... - • ~-

/). - - · _..::_ .:_:___ ..:...: -

For manual transmissions with a hot shift (power
a.W~rntng ·~ -· 1
shift)PTO, the PTO may be engaged while the
!:> ·''···· - ,.. -,
Continuedoperation..usJnga~cfalfut9e!f.WJné-h ."J ;, vehicle is moving. 1t is not required to place the
llne may result in liDe fallure. Thia may caose sudden 1·J e:- transmission in or out ot gear before engaging anc11
free-fa U of the load and .reauiHnc.death or .serl~ - c.r-disengaging the PTO.
.tnj ury. -- ~
--- -=---
- ---:>.., -- ..:: •¡: .~
_ -
">-¿)•¡.., ...l ~ ::> • .., ,'j -
- --- . •...._.:.....:· ··_· :.:-_e_.,._._Automatic Transmission
Continued operati~with a.wom or ·cti~é:f aúger·~ 1,. • --rJJi'ur an automatic transmission, step finnly on the
windup sllng may~ult In s~ng fall~cthl$~~ :~- -_-1-,a,tbrake and shift toa forward gear to stop the
cause sudden fr~l of theJiuger ~~m~~w
unstowing. This can resultin l!lf$1th'nr-.~njurv.-- ---
...,;:.-:.: . . .
gears in the transmission from tuming. Engage the
PTO, shift the transmission back to neutral and
-- -e~ _, ;:,,1 ,.. 3~ • ..,
- 7--=:--- - - - - - ' : .:._ ·-___:~ release the foot brake.
Preparing fo r Qpermiorr=.:~.~ -·~- ~-- " ~
' • •, ' 4 éi ' O,::j'
..
JG ' · .,
,. For an automatic transmission with a hot shift
1. Positioning of the vehicÍewiiThegovém~~l-me (power shift)PTO, the PTO may be engaged while
reach of the booms áneg9e;.w_wk_Jp~~~ - the vehicle is moving. lt is not required to place the
-- - ------. transmission in or out of gear before engaging ami/
This unit has been tested perthastability r~t;tíf'etne_0ts of or disengaging the PTO.
ANSI. lt may be ope.rated.t_in a&dFdtineewtththeJollcw-
ing, on finn surtaces that are level or"'flaye-üp toa five 4. Move the trucklmachine selector switch in the vehicle

..
degree slope. - - - cab to the Machine position. The engine will then
~r "\'
- ------ continue to run if the start/stop switch on the lower
:t:x.w~~~9 ~-~-- ~ :,
- t=>l ' "l (

~
... . ..
Park the unit on aliñiUUífa~ opera1ing the
derrick. Always use wheel chocknnd parking brakes.
Use of outriggers is naandatory. Outriggers must be
extended as instructe",under Outriggers, and outrig-
ger p ads must -be u sed ·On all unpaved surfaces,
asphalt pavement and other soft surfaces. ,
- (
control panel is already in the On position. lf the
derrick is equipped with upper controls, the controls
switch on the lower control panel must also be
positioned in the Lower position for the engine to
continua to run. lf the start/stop switch is off or the
controls switch is in the Upper position, the engine
will stop and must be restarted from the lower control
panel.

t is impossible to foresee all situattons and co,mbinations

for set up of the unit. The operator bears ultimate respon- Acaution
stbility for insuring that the unit is property set up for the Use care when getting on and off the unit and/or
particular conditions encountered. when entering and exiting the platform to avoid
slipping and/or falling.
2. Position the unit on a finn surface. Place the trans-
mission in neutral, applythe parking brake andchock 5. lf the temperatura is below 32 degrees Fahrenheit,
the wheels. Apply the supplemental holding br.ake, if the hydraulic oil may need to be wanned before
so equipped. operating the unit. The procedure for wanning the oil
is described in this section under Cold Weather
3. Engage the power take off (PTO) with the engine Start-Up. Until the hydraulic oil has a chance to wann
running using the following metnod for the type of up, do not run the pump orengine greaterthan a fast
transmission and PTO provided. idle.

• Manual Transmission 6. lf the unit has an outngger and tools/machine switch

For a manual transmission with a standard PTO, it must be in the Outngger posltion. Properly set the
depress the clutch, make sure the transmission is outriggers as descnoed in the Outrigger section.
in neutral, engage the PTO, and slowly let out the
clutch. 7. Before using the unit each day, an inspection should
be perfonned accordtng to Daily Preoperational
For a manual transmission with a split-shaft PTO, Checks to insure proper working condition.
depress the clutch, engage the PTO, shift the

12-95 Secbon 4 - Before You Operate... • 35

 8. After properly setting the outriggers, the unit func-
ttons may be made operational agam by moving the
·. ~~Awarning
outngger and tools/machine switch to the Machine Only use hydraulic olls as recommended. Other
position. fluids added to the hydraulic system may increase
component wear, alter. the lubripating characteris-
9. lf the unit is equipped with a personnel JJ!atfoml, ~11 •- tics of the oil, or may 'tlestróythe Jn,sulating capabil-
occupants of the platform must wear an appropriate · · ltybf the1ibetglees upper...boQ;Mett r·
¡.. .• .• • -·.
OSHA approved fall restraint device attachad to a-
lanyard. The lanyard must be secured to the lanya~ '.
~Att¡ntro~., ·
anchor at the boom tip.
Do·not put the l.tnit in servic,e. anci ron the pump at
notmal.operattng speeds until,the.,hydraulic oil res-
Aoanger .. ervoir feels warm to the touctn 9\ -: 11
The lanyard connected between the OSt~A approvect
fall restraint device and the boom tip lany..., d anchor • The puñlpañd-engiñespeeds shóulooe no greater than
must always be in place and kept in good condition. a fasHdfe Ufltil.fh&.Rydraulic oil has a cbance to warm up.
lt should never be replaced with a lanyarc! :JI differen"!" Co1d,.. tl"tiOk "Qtl does ·oot flow -easiiY' tq- the pump. lf a
length.lt should never be replaced witt1ar.y material runnlng pomp does.not-r.ecehte-an adeguate amount of
that is conductive. oil11ow,· ai~poaketsúmnjn the cavities-ofthe pump. The
air pockets may ere~ •a 1great amount of heat, which
lt is impossible to foresee all situations and combi- could sevetely damageJthe -ptnnp. Cold {)il may also
nations for the use of the unit. The operator bears cause a slight. detayiin-.response ~t the unit to hand
ultimate responsibility for following all regulations cor.troller·movements.
and safety rules of their employer and/or any state or
federallaw. To warm up the hydraulic oil, start the eng ne and engage
the PTO. Position the outri__ruJers and tools machme se-
The fiberglass platform at the boom tip area will not lector switch in the out1iggergiar1u1'fslols poSitiOn. Move
protect against electrical continuity. The fiberglass the control handle fortb8'towerwol$.c.irCUit tn the T ools
platform, properly fitted with a platform liner, will On detent position. Allow.theoiHo bypass over the relief
offer some protection for the lower extremities of the v~e for a few·minutes. ·w .o-t....a .,. ..., ••
operator's body. lt cannot protect against all contact • Z o~ "l.
between an operator and either two conductors ora Operato.rs are cautioned that outriggers,must be properly
single conductor and grounded elements ofthe pote. set as eXptain-ed in Section··5 under. Gutriggers when
operating this derrick.
Cold Weather Start- Up
_..:• 131 "
When operating the derrick in temperaturas of 32 de-
grees Fahrenheit or below, consider using a cold weather
hydraulic oil in the hydraulic system. Refer to the Mainte-
nance Manual for specific cold weather oil recommenda-
tions.

12·95
36 • Section 4 - Before You Operare...
 Sectlon 5 - Operation
Alf outriggers must be prop,E:.tlY- s~t. as explained below, For maxlmum stabllity, the outriggers must be fully
before moving the booms on tii'e d~ from the stowed extended and properly set on the ground or support-
posítion. -.o ' 2"- :ti ..: oi ll· ~' ,.. !t~ t. lng surface before the booms are moved from their
• '!)!?.'i: OI ..JhlOV," ' -:tri • ._ J t>.:o~ ~\a .: •. 1 rest posltlons.
H!Jt=,~ .,n~_: "!llt: ~es-~.,. rr ="_c.·=.,
:-M' MDMJi : -t· ·'e' ·:- . This 'Jni" has been tested perthe stability requirements of
This unit has been deslgaeet-.~ opec:ated only cm .¡t ANSI lt may te operated, in accordance with the follow-
a firm surface with the outrigger penetration ad- inQi on firn surfaces that are leve! or have up to a five
;usted so that the vepicJe~~ leyel. degFee slope.
o , .;~n,
,,_
Before operating;tRe Gnlt¡ spptythe parkiog:bJakea:hock·
the wheels and'Lpi"'paHy set. th&:outriggers. adjustin§:- A warning
penetration until the vehi<J»is·tevat m M"'n , ..;:g ~ Park the unit on a firm surface before operating the
demck. ~ways use wheel chocks and parking brakes.
Outrigge~--,.~~ r ~o.J~( •• - S-;· . se· ., _ Use of outJi..J !!ftrs is mandatory. Outriggers must be
r:•. extended as instructed under Outriggers, and o utrig-
Outriggers suppdrf4nd stabifize the'denick while lt.is in· . ge pads must be used on all unpaved surfaces ,
use. The derrici(Mstw<rsetsutoutrtgge~atam ri9idly • asphatt pavement and other soft surfaces.
anached to the suboase..;fhe· outrig'gars arooc.near the
pedestal are called the fjtthia~gutñg:ge~ Vbeoutriggers lt is impossible to foresee all situations and combinations
at the opposite end'of thlJdeaiak'.Subbaseare CORSidered for set up of thr) unlt. The operator bears ultimate respon-
the auxiliary outrlggéfS.mleve.r. elevattFtbe booms out of sibility for insuring that the unít is property set up for the
the stowed pos ítion until both sets ·ot -ostriggers are particular condítions encountered.
properly set.
The procedure to properly set the outriggers depends

~.':~;~V4~'~g . upon the mounting position of the unít on the chassis. lt

All outriggers must betJroperly setbefore operating
the unit. Do not use the, unitJwith the -outriggers
extended on only one side. Do not use-the unft wltho
only one set of outriggers extended. Failure to ex-
tend all outriggers:may resutt in the unittipping over
if the booms are"' lnadvertently rotated to the
unstabilized area.
The surface on which the outriggers are extended must
be solid and able to take substantialloading in a concen-
trated area. lf there is any doubtthatthe surface is notfirrn
enough to support the weight of the unít and the expected
loads, use outrigger pads of sufficient size under each
outrigger shoe to increase the support area.
The outriggers utilize two sets of outriggercontrol handles
and an outriggers and tools/machine selector swítch.
The operation of each control is described in Section 3.
The outriggercontrols are normally located on the tailshelf
of the unit.
Befare setting the outriggers, make sure all personnel
are clear from each outrigger.
also depen1s upon whether the unit is on level or sloping
ground.
Properly Setting on a Level Surface
(Rear or Comer Mount)
With the derrick booms in the stowed position, extend the
outriggers toa "firrn footing". A firm footing means that the
outriggers are extended as far as possible while allowi ng
the vehicle to be level with all tires maintaining contact
with the ground surface. Although the tire-to-surface
contact pressure may vary, the penetration of the
outriggers shall be sufficient to remove the bulge from the
tires. Extending the outriggers approximately three inches
after reaching ground level will gene rally be sufficient to
remove the bulge and still maintain at least sorne visual
presence of tire-to-surface contact at each tire.
Properly Setting on a Level Surface
(Behind Cab Mount)
Wrth the derrick booms in the stowed position, extend the
outriggers until contact is made with the ground. Do not
lift the vehicle off the ground. Extending the outriggers
too far may cause the vehiele to "see saw" as the booms
are rotated from front to rear or vice versa. Repeat this
procedure for the other set of outriggers.

A warning Properly Setting on a Sloping Surface

Do not lower the outriggers until all personnel are With the derrick booms in the stowed position, the low
clear of the area of eaeh outrigger. Setting an outríg- side outriggers should be extended first toa firrn footing.
ger down on a person's foot or other body parts may The high side outriggers should only be extended after a
cause serious injury. firrn footing has been reached with the low side outriggers.

12-95 Section 5 - Operation •37

 ,-
The high side outriggers should be extended with pen-
etration adjusted to establish a level vehicle chassis.
The outriggers are equipped with electric interlock
switches. Ra~sing an outrigger while the derrick is iQ th~
working position will close the boom funr:tio!"ls.blocking ,. _T~. lJoof!lS}Jl~.Y be operated using fue lower. control
valve. This will stop the flow of oil to the boom functions
valve and no boom functions will operate. Once the
outriggers are lowered, the functions will become opera-
tional.
Booms
Operators of the derrick must properly extend the
outriggers to stabilize the vehicle and cerrick before
operating the booms. Proper extension of the C'utriggers
rs fully described in Section 5 under Outrigge-s. Opera-
tors must follow the instructions for proper !:.' 1bilization, enough to allow for maximum function speeds. The
as described in Section 5 under Outriggers and S3ction
4 under Capacity and Stability, before operating the
booms.
This unit has been tested perthe stability requirements of
ANSI. lt may be operated, in accordance with the follow-
ing, on firm surfaces that are level or have up to a five
degree slope.
j\warning
Park the unit on a firm surface before operating the
derrick. Always use wheel chocks and parking brakes.
Use of outriggers is mandatory. Outriggers must be
extended as instructed under Outriggers, and outrig-
ger pads must be used on all unpaved surfaces,
asphalt pavement and other soft surfaces.
lt is impossible to foresee all situations and combinations
for set up of the unit. The operator bears ultimate respon-
sibility for insuring that the unit is properly set up for the
particular conditions encountered.
Elevation of the lower boom on the unit is accomplished
with a hydraulic lift cylinder. Extension ofthe íntennediate
and upper booms is accomplished with a separate hy-
draulic extension cylinder for each boom.
Rgure 5.1 specifies the lower boom movement and the
maximum sheave height tor each model (measured from
the ground to the boom tip sheave). The degrees of lower
boom movement is below horizontal to above horizontal.
38 • Section 5 - Operation
Degrees of Lower
Model Sheave Helght Boom Movement
02045
- Figure 5.1 -Boom ~IIJCiltiDns
. . ·~• :. :_ P _
panel or the upper control panel. When operating one
boom function; it js .flOt Recessary t9•. depress the foot
throttktte> incre~1:1,ngipe speed; The pi§ton ~tion of
the pump prnvides -ttt~ ·~xact oil flow required for the
function tbat.is o~nt-:.At engineJdleJ~ere is normally
enough oil flow ta ope@te one boom JtJnction at full
speed ·':""l .:
. ...,, :
When open¡ting more..,t han one boom function, it may be
necessary to depress the foot thro~le to operate the
functions at full speed. Depress the foot throttle just
piston section of·,tl=te pump previdas the ~act oil flow
requirements for.the ope.tatiog functi~ Therefore. any
fuel used to increase the engine speed past those re-
quirements is wasted. ,, , r; :. • ,.., ,._,
. . -
Use the hand controller, rather than the foot throttle, to
meter a boom function. When starting and stopping any
boom movement, meter:ttl~"'RaLnd controller to avoid
shock !oads...This is very imROOafll wh~n handling heavy
loadG. r .• .l._...,
. '
Rgure 5.2 summaJizes the recommended speeds of the
boom and rotation functions when operated from the
lower controls.
• )~ •J!,
Lower Boom
The boom hand controller is used to move the lower
boom through its are of travel. Operation of the boom
functions valve to ra!se the lower boom directs hydraulic
oil to extend the lift cytinder. Operation of the boom
functions valve to lower the lower boom directs hydraulic
system oil to retract the lift cylinder. The desired time for
raising and lowering the lower boom full travel is shown
in Figure 5.2.
The lift cylinder is held in position at all angles by a pilot
operated counterbalance holding valve located in the
base end of the lift cylinder. This valve prevents loss of oil
from the cylinder if hydraulic line failure occurs, thus
preventing free faH of the booms. Due to the counterbal-
ance valve's load holding capability, it is necessary to
power the booms down, rather than allowing them to
lower by gravity.
12·95
 Function ~ s .· s_D2045 02050 02055 0 3055 D306o 1r.: •tf
:-
Boom Aaise 28 - 32 . ,r;~:28 - 32 28 - 32 33-39 33-39
Boom Lower ~ 28-32 .,_:28-32 28 - 32 33 - 39 33-39
lntennedlate Boom Extend , 20 - ·23- .:r:\ 23-27 28-32 28-32 30-34
lntennediate Boom Retract 1 t:. 21 20 - 24 . ~ - 24 - 28 24 - 28 26-30
Upper Boom Extena 18 - 22 21 - 25 21 - 25 21-25 28-34
Upper Boom R~~~ F~· , , 16- 20~ ~ 19-23 19-23 19-23 26-31
( ~·· .
Rotate Left or Right (360°) 58 - 64 58 - 64 , 1
• 58 - 64 58-64 58 - 64
...,, ...,. r . • .., . .
_.,. ··1"''"'"\ ',figure S.q,-:; Reco~mende~ Func~n Speeds (In seconds)
Befare handlingi1aad, referto the ldifd capac;ty.ehart as Screw anchors are designad to corkscrew intothe ground.
a guide or use tne' OótSm rals'ecapá~est'to'détem1ine When setting screw anchors, use the boom hand control-
whether the loas is wlthfn the talad capacity ot the ter to follow the anchor as it advances into the ground.
derrick's hydraullcsystem. The'boom raísecapacitytest This prevents the screw anchor from pulling downward
is described in Secl.lon ~ oñderCapactty an·d Stab111ty: · on the booms.
The boom lower function is one of the functions that is
temporarily shut off when the hydraulic overtoad protec- jlAttention
tion (HOP) system is actlv&téd· dúe to~ an overload. Do not apply excessive downward force against an
Section 6 underHydraulicOvefloaa flrtSteetion describes auger or anchor that ls at a side angle to the boom.
the operation of this system! -;•. ,.. -- -2. ' • Applying excessive downward force causes s ide
loading to velop on the booms, resulting in pos-
to
Consult the load ~pacity ctíaft detennlne ifreposition· slble component fallure.
ing the vehicle or t>oom5yjífr anowt he load to be lifted.
...: . -. ' ·~..:: ... lntermediate and Upper Booms
Befare fitting any load, rotate the booms to the load to The intermediate boom is a box type design. When
prevent the winch line from pulling sideways on the operated, the intermediate boom extends from and re-
booms. - · .;: tracts into the lower boom. The upper boom is a round
-}•. A Attention fiberglass boom. lt may be equipped with either a fiber-
glass or a steel boom tip. When operated, the upper
Do not raise the booms wftft'fhe winch llne at.a side boom extends from and retracts into the intermediate
angle. lf the wlnch llne becomes tlght at a si de ai'lgle boom.
while raising the booms, side loacflng wm occur,
resulting in possible componentiaflure:~ ··- ::~ The fiberglass upper boom is a full capacity boom. This
/ l t ! 1 ~ means the upper boom, when fully extended, can lift the
Use extreme caution when lowering the booms with a maximum rated capacity of the derrick. This feature is
load on the winch line. The derrick's capacity and stability especially useful when working near energizad conduc-
decrease as the booms are lowered. While IOwering the tors with an insulated derrick.
boom with a load, referto the toad capacity chart and use
the boom raise capacity test at'séveral points to insure The fiberglass upper boom, when properly usad and
that the load capacity of the unit is not exceeded. Be maintained, may be used for work around energizad
aware of the stability limits of the particular unit. Read and conductors if the derrick was manufacturad and marked
understand Section 4 under Capacity and Stability. as an insulated digger derrick. A band on the upper boom
is provided as a guide for the operator to use in obtaining
Ouring digging operation, applying too much downward the 40'" extension of the fiberglass boom required to
force with the boom lower function may cause the auger obtain dielectric protection.
to corkscrew into the ground. This means the auger acts
like a screw, rather than cutting the soil loose for the
flights to pick up. lf the auger begins to corkscrew, shift
jloanger
the digger hand controllerto the Clean position. Back the All operators must read and understand Section 4
auger out of the hole until nonnal digging can be re- under Operation Near Energized Conductora before
sumed. Avoid corkscrewing the auger because it creates operatlng the unlt near energized conductora. lm-
great stress on the booms. lt is especially important to proper operatlon of the unlt near energlzed condu~
avoid corkscrewing the auger when it is positioned at a tors may result in deat h o r serious injury.
side angle to the boom. This may cause side loading to
develop on the booms.
12·95 Section 5 - Operation •39
 derrick does not provide protection from con-
taet with or proximity to an electrically charged
conductor when In contact with or in proxlmlty to
another conductor or any grounded device, material
or equipmenl Oeath or serious i njury will resutt from
auc h contact or inadequate clearance from an ~ner"'
gized conductor.
'
On the lower control panel, the intermediate and .LJP~J •
boom hand controllers operate the talescoping actioo of
the intermediate and upper booms. On the upper control
panel, a single extension control handle opemtes the
telescopio action of the interrne<.iiate and upper booms.
The upper control panel has a single extension control
handle because the intermediate and upper boomsoper-
ate sequentia!ly f:om the upper controls. The term se-
quential mean:i the upper boom will extend fully before
the intermediate boom begins to extend. In .the retract
dtrection, the intermediate boom will retract fully before
the upper boom beg:. .s to retract. Sequential boom
extension provides an isolation gap between the plattorm
and the steel intermediate boom. This can provide sorne
degree of dielectric protection. Sequential boom exten-
sion 1s operational onty from the upper ccntrols. The
lower control panel has two separata hand controUers for
the tntermediate and upper booms that operate indepen-
dently of each other.
Operatton of the boom functions valve to extend the
intermediate or upper boom directs hydraulic system oil
to extend the corresponding extension cylinder. Opera-
flan of the boom function control valve to retract eitherthe
nfermedtate or upper boom directs hydraulic system oil
to retract the corresponding extension cylinder. The
:les red time for extending the intermediate or upper
boom may be found in Figure 5.2.
The intermediate and upper boom extension cylinders
are equipped with double pilot operated counterbalance
holding valves. The counterbalance valves hold the
extension cylinders in any desired extension length. The
valves are located in the rod end of each cylinder. The
counterbalance valves prevent loss of oil from the cylin-
ders if hydraulic line failure occurs, thus preventing
acctdental retraction of the booms.
Avo•d sudden starts, stops or direction reversals of the
ntermediate and upper boom controls. Be especially
careful of sudden movements when the digger is being
transferred to and from the intermediate boom. Sudden
rnovements of the hand controller while transferring the
d1gger may cause shock loads to develop.
40 • SectJon 5 - Operati on
As tli"e 6óófns extend (upper boom on boom tsp winch
models, intermediate and upperboom on tumtable w.nch
models), pay ouf1tle winch line to compensate for the
increased rope!ength required between the winch drum
andthe boomtipshe$Ye. lfth&wincb.line is not payed out
sufficiently during boom extension, the load line hook will
catch on the boDf\'1 tip. lf the hoo,k. ~C{hes on the boom
tip, damage to the-unit or brea,king of the r.yinch line could
resuft
Use extreme caution w:hftn exten;djng the booms with a
load on the winch line. Capacíty decreases as the load
moves farttler away frp m the unit's centE!J line of rotation.
Determine whether~ load is within the load capacíty of
the unit by referring·to the capacíty chart a~d using the
boom raise capjicity test at s~ver~l pqints along the
extension. Following th;e values in the capacity chart will
insure that the stabilíty Uroik>f ttw .unit is not exceeded as
the load moves outward.
( .>
· .. :.·• :, : A Atte nti.o n
~ "
Tiltthe pole gui de Jo the stored posltion and p roperly
pin the transfe(aj)le a:tpper eontrols lo_the upper
boom or transferable Jla.res, betore extending the
upper boom with the .,_Alterable fiares pinned t o the
intermedlate boom.-Fallure to l _ollow the proper pro-
cedure will result in damage to the .boom tip andlor
upper controls.
Section 5 under Transferable Upper Controls describes
how to properly pin the transferable upper controls.
Boom Storage
When stowtng the booms for transportation, first fulty
retract the inleñneéfiate and upper booms. lf the unit is
equipped with..a personnel plattorm. properly stow the
plattorrñ and lock the plattorm brake as described under
Personnel Plattorm in this ~ection. Then position the
lower boom carefulty in the boom rest.
When stowing the lower boom, lower it into the rest
gently. The boom ane} rest are protected by the boom
stow protection system described in Section 6. When the
system is engaged, it shuts off the boom lower function.
Acaution
The boom hand controller should be metered to slow
the speed of the lower boom to avoid shock toads as
the boom contacts the rest. The lower boom must be
stowed firmly in its resl lf it bounces during travel,
damage could be caused to the lower boom, the lift
cylinder andlor the turntable.
12-95
 .; l
Rotation
The derrick can be rotatecftt:lrough 360 degreesccntino.-
ously after the booms ~re elevated-out olthe tf~ ll&st.
There is no restriction in-either directbn:': ; · • ·, ·' . ·
The rotation hand conlreller is usad to rotatetl1é tumtable - lash, or lost motion, between the gear teeth. Adjustment
to the right (clockwlse) orto ttre rett (counterclockWise).
Avoid rapid starts, stops and reversal of directions to
minimiza shock loads to the unit. The desired time for
rotating the tumtable is shown in •':lgtJre 5.2.
The tumtable-rdtates' on-a:shearball bearing referred to
as the rotation bea'ring. Theinnenác81s mouTítéd•tothe
tumtable. The ouferrace ofthe rotafionbeañngTsmounted
to the pedestat: The outer ráce has geafteel~ that mesh
with the pínion 'of 'ilte rotation · geart>Ox.• 'the 'béarmg . pump signalline. A separate hydraulic line equipped with
provides for very fbw torqtJe' fdtation. v ,.
•• • Jv ~ •
Rotation is accomplished by a rotation gearbox, which is
mounted on the tumtable. Tite rotatióp gearbox houses
a p anetary gear set drlven by a-h~ulic motor. The
ptanetary gear set isfaftáched to the Yota~ pinlon. The
rotation p1nion g~artéelh mesh with tHe ooterrace of the
rotation bearing.'As the rbtatiOri pinion turns, it ttrives the There are severa! precautions that must be observad
rotation beariñg- ana cad§es-rotation· of the tumtable.
Figure 5.3 illustratesthe outer' ráo&of the rotation bearing
as it meshes with the rbtationl pin·ron.
Rotation pinion meshing with rotation bearing
Figure 5.3- Turntable and Rotation Gearbox
The rotation gearbox is equipped with a spring-applied,
hydraulically released brake. This means the brake is
engaged until it is released by hydraulic pressure. When
the rotation hand controller is shifted, pressure begins to
build up in the rotation motor. This pressure raleases the
brake and allows the motor to rotate the turntable. When
the hand controller is retumed to neutral, the hydraulic
12-95
pressure in the motor decreases to zero. As the pressure
• in themotordecreases, the brake is applied and rotation
motion is stopped.
The mtation pinion is adjustable to mesh properly with
the rotation bearing. Proper adjustment minimizas back-
is accomphshed with the eccentric ring and eccentric ring
keeper. Adiustment of the pinion to the rotation bearing
is explairúid in the MaiAtenance Manual.
The hydrat.Jiic lines that pass through the center line of
rotattcrn are protected from twisting torces by a rotary joint
and a swivel fitting. The hydraulic lines passing through
the rotary joint include the boom functions pressure line,
diggerlwinch pressure line, system retum fine and the
a swivel fitting is for the load indicator gaugs hydraulic
fine to the lo'lier controls on units without a riding seat. lf
the unit ts equipped with a riding seat optíon, this hydrau-
lic fine is fofl the foot throttle. Variotls electrical circuits
also pass through the center fine of rotation by way of the
slip ring.
when handling a load while rotating the derrick. Befare
lifting thE! winch fine, rotate the booms to the load.
Rotating the booms to the load will prevent the w inch line
from pulling sideways on the booms. Never attempt to
winch a load in from the side if the rotation function does
not have the power to pull the load around.
jlwarning
Before rotatlng a load that is lifted high off the
ground, be certain there ls adequate stability for the
load. lf there is not adequate stabillty when rotating
a load high off the ground, tipping of the unit may
occur.
Winch
The derrick is equipped with a boom tip or tumtable
winch. The winch has a rated capacity of 15,000 pounds.
This means the winch can raise 15,000 pounds with one
layer of 'hH winch fine left on the winch drum.
lt is recommended to keep at least fwe wraps on tne d rum
at all times.
Jlwarning
Worm gear wlnch cable anchors (threaded sn;c.s se:
screws, etc.) are not designed to hold rated ea:::
Keep a mínimum of five wraps of w\nch
wlnch drum at all times.
 - .er is located on tne awer control
- CC'""!."'' When lifting a load with the winch, operate the winch in a
'S ec- 'OJ)ed wrth uppe.. controls, there is manner tha.t avoids side loading the booms. AJways
co.-::o '1aT1dle on the upoe• control panel. ro~ tt)e b?O,ms to the load before lifting it. lf the rotation

, nand controller in the Raise positiqn

. syster;n does -(\Ot have enough power to rotate the load
pays • e ""'"' --e Snifnng the Wtnch hand controlle~ .
In the Lcr...-e.. POS· :1 pays out the winch line. Mete-r the
wincr "a"'' co"'·ro erwhenstarting. stopping, or revers-
tng a rect.o.'"tS to r ... nuze shock loads on the derrick.
The wnch s a worm gear winch driven by a hydraulic
motor. Operanon of the winch valve spool directs hydrau-
lic system oil to the w inch motor. The winch motorpowers
the worm gear set. The worm gear set drives an output
shaft keyed to the winch drum.
around, do nol attempt to winch the load in from the side.
. A Cautioñ~~
Avojd excesslve sida toading of the booms. Rotate
the booms toward the load lnstsad of depending on
the side load protectlon aystem. Nevar exceed the
load the rotatlon system can pull under lts own
power. Slde loading can result In damage to the
structures orrotation system and can adversely
affect vehlcle stablllty.

The winch is equipped with an overrunning clutch type
brake. The b•al-.e is applied only when the winch is
loweríng the winch line. The brake is off when the winch
is raising the winch llne.
Before using the winch raise function to lift a load, use the
capacity chart and the boom raise capacity test to deter-
mine if the load is within the load capacity of the derrick.
In some boom positions, the rated capacity ot. the winch
will be greater than the load capacity of the derrick. The
capacity of the winch is stated on the capacity placard
near the lower control panel.
Do not rely on the siQe load protection systern to prevent
side loading of lhe. booms. The side load protection
system is inten~ to pre~e'\t,s,ide loading dueto opera-
tor error. Each.&lme this P[Otecfiónsystem operates. the
derrick is overtpaded. Repeated" overtoads may cause
component taiwre. This system ís descñbed in Section 6
under Side Load ProtectJon.
-
When the side lo-ad protection system operates, the
booms will side slip, or rotate, toward the load. Never
attempt to counteract this side slip by shtfting the rotation
hand controller in the oppo.site directioñ of the side s lip.

Jlcaution
Never IIft an unknown load. Determine t he weight of
the material befor e movi ng it. Use the placards,
charts and gauges provided on the unlt and in the
Operator's Manual to determine the available load
capacities. Do not ex ceed load capacit ies.
Use only those tools specifically designed for and
properly affixed to the llfting device w hen lifting
materials.
_ j\Atte~~!~n
Do n ot attempt to overrid e t h e s ide load protection
systam with the rotation hand controller. This w ill
cause increas'd loadin~. of t he booms and may
damage t he rotation system.
Do not use the winch to pull a pole that is f irmly
imbedded in tha-ground. Attem pting to pull a pote
that is firmly im bedded in the ground could overload
the derrick, resulting 1'! r¡tÓsslble component failure.

Do not attempt to physically assist the lifting d evlce. _ Use the pole pulle[Jo break the pote loose trom the
Plan the work procedure and mentally " wal k through"
the material han dling operation before m oving or
lifting any load .
When raising the winch line with a load, do not use the
hydraulic over1oad protection (HOP) system as a way of
determining the load the derrick will lift. The HOP is
intended to prevent overtoading of the derrick due to
operator error when fitting a load. Each time the HOP
system operates, the derrick is subjected toan over1oad
Repeated over1oads could cause component fa. úre.
Section 6 under HydraulicOverload Protectton descrtt>es
the HOP system.
ground before using the winch to pull the pole out of the
ground. The pole puller is described in this section under
Pole Puller.
Exercise caution and common sense when lifting a load
with the winch. Ground personnel m ust stay in clear view
of the operator and clear of the load and winch line.
Jlwarning
Never stand or walk on or baneath a load that is being
moved or lifted. Never use a material handling jib or
winch to lift personnel. Death or seri ous i njury m ay
result.

42 • Section 5 - Operation 12-95

 Before removing the load hook from a loé(q: always
relieve all of the tension on the winch lin!3. Re!Efisin~ the A warning
load hook befo re all of the tension on the liné is relfeved An undersized snatch block may break and cause
1
may cause uncontrolled • •
movement of_...tñe
~:.
fóad
'1 :1 hoóit=
.. sudden loss of load control. Loss of load control
cóutd result In death, serious injury andlor property
damage.
Jlw.arnlng_
Always stand eletr of Ule load hook after removlng lt When using a multiple part winch line, the upper boom
from the load. Contact wm, a load.J!o"ok, may cause must be tully retractad. A statement referring to this can
death or serioljs lnjury, ·, - be found on the placard near the capacity placard near
the lower control 'station.
Winch Une •· ..
The winch drum i~ d~&igned toáccorn~te.either wire When using wire winch rope, exercise extreme caution.
rope or synthétíc rope. The rated working load of the Wire rope can be dangerous if not handled properly.
winch line may limit the loads liftecf byttté derrick.

Know the rated working load of the winch line. The winch A, warning ~

line rated working load is stated ori-the capacity placal'd Wear gloves when handling wire rope.·to prevent
near the tower control statfdn. wtnch liÍié rated working hand injury.
load ís the average bfeaking'~ngth of the winch rope ......,
(as specified bY.. the rope manufacturet')~ivided by the
appropriate design factor. The design factor for syn-
thetic-type ropes and rotation-resistanf.type steel ropas
shall not be l~s tban five. The design factor for standard-
type steel ropes shaO not be less ttfan 3Y2. The rated
working lo~d of th~ line will vary depending on the type
and size 9f _!he line.lfthe ~tnch line was provided by Altee
Industries. contact yo·ur Alt9-éTepresentative for informa-
tion conceming the rated working load of the winch fine.
lf the winch line was pro'fided by an altemate source,
conlact the winch line manutacturt1r conceming the rated
workíng load of the winéh l ine. •· · ,
r. ,.. . -· h Figure 5.4 - Multiple Part Winch Line
Depending on the tated wort<Rig load ofthe winch line, a
multiple part load line may be' required to furly utilize the Use a swivel hook with wire rope. lf wíre rope becomes
load capacity of the derrick. twisted, it can store great amounts of energy that is
~ • ' 1 " ' .._ 1
released when the load is unhooked from the load line.
The American Natfáliaf §tandards1n%flt\rte, ANSI, re- This energy can cause the load hook to bounce around,
quires the usE! of a multiple part
wiñcl'fiiñe for loads that resulting in serious injury. Utilizing a swivel hook on the
exceed the Winch line rated ·~otkin·g loaci': A statement end of the winch line helps prevent the line from twisting.
referring to this is found on a placard located near the lf a swivel hook is used, it must have a load hook rating
lower control station near the capacity placard. greaterthan or equal to the winch line rated working load.

The derrick is equipped with a multiple part winch line

anchor point at the end of the intermediate boom. Figure
5.4 illustrates a multiple part winch line. As illustrated in
Figure 5.4, a snatch block is needed to utiliza a multiple
part winch line. Snatch blocks vary depending on capac-
ity. Be su reto use one that has a capacity that meets or
exceeds the rated working load of the winch line. Snatch
blocks of various capacities are available from your Altee
representativa.
Remove the shackle used for multiple part load lines from
the winch line anchor point after use so that it does not
interfere when stowing the auger.
A, warning
AJways stand clear of the load hook after removing it
from the load. Contact with a load hook may cause
death or serious injury.
lnspect the winch line daily as described in Section 4
under Daily Preoperational Checks. lf the line shows any
sign of wear, a thorough inspection of the entire winch
line, as described in the Maintenance Manual, is re-
quired.

12·99 Section 5 - Operation • 43

- - -

Digger
The demct< may be equipped with one of two types of
d iggers· a two speed digger that is mechanically shifted
by a hydraulic cylinder, or a two speed digger with a
hydraulíc two speed motor. The digger may be mounted
on erther side of the boom.
To determine the type of digger mounted on the unit, look
inside the access hole on the digger bail (refer to Figure
5 .5 ). lf a small hydraulic cylinder is seen, then the unit is
equipped with a two speed digger that is mechanically
shifted by this hydraulic shift cylinder. lf the unit does not
have a shift cylinder, then it is equipped with a two speed
d igger that is hydraulically shifted by a two speed motor.
Units equipped with a shift cylinder also have a placard
located near the lower control panel warning the operator
aga1nst shifting the digger whlle it is tuming.
The d igger controls are operated from the lower control
panel. They are the digger speed switch, digger hand
controller, auger ralease switch and the digger shake
switch (refer to Figure 5.6).
The digger hand controller rotates the auger in the dig or
clean d1rection. The dig direction, as viewed from above
the auger, is clockwise. The clean direction, as viewed
from above the auger, is counterclockwise.
The auger ralease switch is used to retract the auger
latch w hen stowing and unstowing the auger.
Guide Oish
A
Auger Stowage B racket
Auger Windup Sling
AugerTube
Sectio n A· A Auger Latch
Fig ure 5.5 - Digger and Related Components
The digger shake switch is used to remove árrt frorll too
auger. The digger shake switch causes rapíd reversa o'
auger motion, causlng dirt to fati off the auger g'l:S
All diggers are a planetary drlve gearbox dñven b 1 a
hydraulic motor. Operation of the dlgger valve spo01
directs hydraulic system oil to the digger motor. The
hydraullc motor powers the planetary gear set. The
planetary gearset drlves the diggeroutput shaft, which is
connected to the auger extension shaft.
The dlgger hanger bracket is eqvipped with a digger
transfer mechanism, as illustrated in Figures 5.7 through
5.9. The dlgger transfer mechanism consists of a latch
weldment on the d1gger hangar bracket and a latch
keeper welded to the lower boom. When the digger is
stowed, the digger transfer mechanism locks the digger
hanger bracket to the lower boom. When the digger is
unstowed, the mechanism automatically transfers the
bracket from the lower boom to the intennediate boom
(refer to Figure 5.7). In arder for the digger transfer
rnechanism to work property, the intermediate boom
must be fully retracted dunng stowing and unstowing of
the digger.
lf the intermediate boom is not fully retractad when the
digger is unstowed, the digger hangar bracket will not
attach itself to the intermediate boom (refer to Figure
5.8). When the operator extends the intermediate boom
to position the auger for digging, the digger will be lett
behind. lf this happens, the intermediate boom may be
Auger
Extension .
Cable Shatt D•gger Output Shaft
Digger
Hanger Unk
• •• •
..
"
Digger Shift
Cylinder - - ¡zzz:zz:¡=z;zz:¡r::z:z::¡a::z:;ca
12.g5
 o o o
,._ ...

'~ -
CONTIIQ.. S

@.o-·~
Ct<OCvn
.....-.E.. •z:t·j~

o ee fo
- -
6I6!8t6 - i(Ji6
(1)
@
1 S101fi'f IAC«
POLE GU!OE
Q.-

Dr .... @
cu...

Figure 5.6- Lower Control Panel

A--,
Digger Holdback Bracket
Sectlon A·A

lntermediate
Boom

Latch Keeper
-----=-- DiggerUnHangar
k
Digger Hangar
Bracket unlatched
from Jatch keeper
Lug engaged in slot in
intermediate boom

Figure 5.7- Digger Properly Transferred to lntermediate Boom

retractad without first stowing the digger. This allows the binding or other problem that could cause enough force
lug on the digger hanger bracket latch to enter the slot in to make the hangar bracket jump past the holdback latch
the intermediate boom (refer to Figure 5.8}. must be corrected immediately. lf the digger hanger
bracket jumps past the digger holdback latch, it could

A warning
lnspect the auger wlndup sling each day before
operating the unil lf a wíre rope auger windup sling
shows signs of wear andlor tour or more broken
wires, replace lt immediately. lf a synthetic auger
windup sling has cut strands andlor extemal wear,
replace it immediately. A wom auger windup sling
could fail causlng a free swínging auger. A free
swinglng auger could cause death or serious injury.
Section 4 under Oaily Preoperational Checks describes
how to inspect the auger windup sling.
When the digger is stowed, the digger holdback latch
holds the hangar bracket against the lower boom as the
intermediate boom is extended (referto Figure 5.9}. Any
cause damage to the digger hanger link and other com-
ponents.
Unstowing the Digger
1. Posibon the unrt on a leve! surface, apply the parking
brake and chock the wheels. Engage the PTO and
property set the outriggers.
2. Raise and rotate the booms high enough so that
when the digger is lowered, it will clear the vehicle,
obstacles and all personnel.
Aoanger
All personnel must be clear of the area before stow-
lng or unstowlng the digger. A free swinging auger
can cause death or serious lnjury.

12-95 Section 5 - Operation •45

 D•gger Hanger Bracket lntermediate Boom

.-.
1 1

Digger Hanger Link

Figure s;s -lntermediate Boom Extended, Digger Unable to Transfer

A--,
1
1

' l

lntermediate : Digger Hanger

Bracket
Boom A_j Engagedin
Latch Keeper

Lug
Digger Hanger Link
Section A-A
Figure 5.9- Digger Stowed

3. Make sure the intermediate boom is fully retractad. lf
the intermediate boom is not fully retractad, the
d1gger transfer mechanism will not attach the digger
hanger bracket to the intermediate boom (refer to
Figure 5.8).
7. Shift the digger hand controller slightly in the Clean
position until the auger begins to unroll from the
windup sling. When the auger clears the latch, ra-
lease the auger ralease switch and close the switch
guard.

4. Make sure the digger is in low speed.
5. Shift the digger hand controller slightly in the Dig
position. Do this until the auger rolls up enough to
remove any slack in the augerwindup sling and take
the weight off the auger latch (refer to Figure 5.5).
6. Raise the red switch guard over the auger ralease
switch (refer to Figure 5.6). Hold the switch up. The
latch will retract from underthe auger tu be. Continua
to hold the auger release switch up.
8. Continue operating the digger slowly in the Clean
position until the auger windup sling swings free of
the auger.
Digging
The use of the diggerwill vary depending on the particular
job that is being performed and the soil conditions.
However, there are general operational practicas that
should be followed when digging holes. The following
paragraphs describe practicas that will enhance digger
operation and allow for safe operation.

46 • Section 5 - Operation 12-95

Once the digger is unstowed, the intermediate boom and
rotation controls may be u sed to position the diggerwithin
a larga area. Use these controls to position the digger
directly above the location where the hale is to be dug.
Digging is most efficient when a relatively steady down-
ward force is kept on the auger. This may be accom-
plished by operating the boom hand controller in the
Lower position while operating the digger hand control-
ter. Coordinate the boom and digger controls to exert
various amounts of force and speed as needed for soil
conditions.
Applying too much downward fo rce with the boom lower
function may cause the auger to corkscrew into the
ground. This means the auger acts like a screw, rather
than cutting the soilloose for the flights to pickup. lf the
auger begins to corkscrew, shift the digger hand control-
lar to the Clean position. Back the auger out of the hole
until normal digging can be resumed. Avoid corkscrewing
the auger because it e reates great stress on the booms.
lt is especially important to avoid corkscrewing the auger
when it is positioned ata side angle to the boom. This may
cause side loading to develop on the booms.
AAttention
Do not apply excessive downward force against an
auger o r anchor ttlat is at a side angle to the boom.
Applying excessrve downward force causes si de
loading to develop on the booms, resulting in pos-
sible component failure.
Use the boom lower, rotation and intermediate boom
extend functions to follow the auger as it aavances mto
the ground. This is especially important when digging
with the auger positioned ata side angle to the boom. An
angled auger creates a greater possibility of developing
s1de load. Do not rely on the side load protection system
to prevent side loads from developing on the booms. The
s1de load protection system is intended to protect the
derrick from excessive side load due to operator error
when digging or winching. Each time the side load
protection system operates, the derrick is overloaded.
Repeated overloads may cause component failure.
When the side load protection system operates, the
booms will side slip, or rotate, toward the load. Never
attempt to counteract this side slip by shifting the rotation
hand controller in the opposite direction. Section 6 under
Side Load Protection describes this system.
12·95
AAttention
Do not attempt to overrlde the side load protection
system with the rotation hand controller. Thls will
cause increased loading of the booms and may
damage the rotatlon system.
Use the intermediate boom extend function to maintain
alignment between the hale and auger shaft. lf alignment
is not maJ!"!ain~d . the auger or auger extension shaft
could be'1CI. lf the augeror auger extension shaft bends,
stop the operation of the auger immediately. A bent auger
or auger extension shaft must be straightened or re-
placad immedtately.
Use extreme caution when stowing an auger with a bent
auger or auger ~ xtension shafj. The auger may not enter
the stowage bracket during stowing, causing the windup
sling or the clevis shear pin to fail.
A warning
Do not continue to operate a bent auger or auger
extension shaft. Use extreme caution when stowing
a bent auger or auger extension shaft. Failure of the
digger output shaft, auger extension shaft, auger
windup sling or ctevis shear pin could occur during
stowing or unstowing. Death or serious lnjury could
resull
lf the unit is equipped with a two speed digger that is
shifted mechanically by a hydraulic cylinder, use the
digger speed toggle switch to shift between high and low
digging speeds (refer to Figure 5.6). Todo this, place the
digger hand controller in neutral and wait for the digger to
stop tuming. Then move the digger speed switch in the
desired direction. Moving the switch up shifts the digger
speed to high. A red indicator light next to the digger
speed switch comes on when the digger is in high speed.
Moving the switch down shifts the digger speed to low.
The digger hand controller must be in neutral for the
diggerto shift speeds. Operating the dlgger speed switch
with the hand controller in any other position will not shift
the digger.
lf the unit is equipped with a two speed digger that is
shifted mechanically by a hydraulic cylinder, do not
changa digging speeds until the digger has completely
stopped. A derrick with this type of digger has an electri-
cal interlock circuit to help prevent shifting while the
digger is tuming.

JlAttention
.:................. . s ~ two speed digger must be
:;)oeQ bebe movmg the digger speed
t.o • • type of digger while lt
re damage the digger's interna!
gears.
lf tne ~.. s ec- ~?ec a digger that has a hydrauli-
ca. ; s -ac · o s:leed motor, use the digger speed
togg e sw en ro s4 oetween digger high and Jow speeds.
The togs e S'lt 'e< may be operated with the digger hand
con"?o er " a':Ty posñion. This type of digger is designad
to oe s'"',...ed while the digger is tuming.
1 tne un: s equipped with a two speed digger, always
relUIT' the ó1gger speed switch to the Low position when
not purposefully using the high" speed. lf the unit is
eQutpped with dual controls, always retum the digger
speed SWitch to the low position on the control panel In
use before leaving that panei · to work from the other
panel.
When digging, do not constantly press the foot throttle to
the floor. The digger hydraulic circuit is designad to
operate at a maximum flow of 46 gpm.
j\Atte ntio n
Do not use excessive engine speeds while d igging.
Excessive engine speeds m ay damage the hy draulic
system and cause rapid heat generatio n .
When digging 1n hard soil condítions, it may be necessary
to continually operate the digger hand controller in the
Dig positlon. lf this occurs, do not allow the temperatura
ot the hydraulic oil to exceed 200 degrees Fahrenheit for
summerweight oil and 160 degrees Fahrenheit forwinter
weight oil. At these high temperaturas and above, there
is accelerated wear on the pump and motor. Also, certain
seals in the hydraulic system begin to wear more rapidly
and the hydraulic oil deteriorates.
When the auger flights are loaded with soil, raise the
auger above the ground with the auger tuming slowly.
Move the digger shake switch back and forth. This will
normally remove the soil from the auger flights. lf the unit
1s equipped with a two speed d igger, move the digger
speed switch to the High position and depress the foot
"'·onle to remove the soil.
-.,e depth of a hole may be increased by repositioning
"'e bolt at the top of the auger tube. To do this, first
re""''ve the bolt at the top of the auger tube (refer to
:= gure 5.5). Shift the boom hand controller to the Raise
oos • on and pul! the auger extension shaft up. Replace
48 • Secaon 5 - Operation
the bolt in one of the lower holas in the auger extenston
shaft.
Jlwarning
Always retum the augerto its orig inal top position on
the auge r extension shaft befo re st owi ng the auger.
Attemptlng t o stow the auger with the auger exten·
sion shaft bolt in a lower p ositio n may cause failure
of the auger windup s ling and damage to the tum-
tab le. A falled w indup sling could cause a free swing-
ing auger. A free swinging auger cou ld cause d eath
or serio us injury.
Setting .Anchors
The Altee digger assembly is ideally suited for installing
earth anchors by uslng spec1al driving tools supplied by
the anchor manufacturar.
Since earth anchors are designad to corkscrew into the
soil, they can exert tremendous amounts of down pull
and side load on the derrick. The standard derrick is
equipped with protection systems to prevent excessive
side loads and down pulls from damaging the derrick.
However, the lite of the derrick will be prolongad if the
operator will use the boom, rotation and intermediate
boom tunctions to follow the anchor as it advances into
the ground.
j\Attention
Do not apply excessive downward force against an
auger or anchor that is at a s ide angle t o the boom .
Applying excessive downward force causes side
loading to develop on the b o o ms, resulting in pos-
sible component faUure.
When the side load protection system operates, the
booms will síde slip, or rotate, toward the load. Never
attempt to counteract this side slip by shifting the rotation
hand controller in the opposite direction of the side slip.
AAttention
Do not attempt t o override the side load protection
system with the rotat ion hand controller. This w ill
cause increased loading of the booms and may
damage the rotation system.
Stowing the Digger
Augers that are up to 36"' in diameter may be stowed on
the standard derrick.
The auger stowage bracket is equipped with a safety
feature that alerts the operator if the auger windup sling
is becoming overloaded. This safety feature consists of
a w1ndup sling cleVJs held in position by a clevis shear pin.
12-95
 As shown in Figure 5.1 O, the shear pin norrnally holds the
w ndup sling clevis in a horizontal position. lf the windup
s ng is overtoaded during stowing of the auger, the clevis
shear pin will fail before the sling is damaged. When the
e evis shear pin fails, the windup sling clevis tilts to a
vertical position. When the elevis tilts vertically, the auger
will drop a few inches with a jolt. This action will alert the
operator that the windup sling is overtoaded. Determine
the cause of the clevis shear pin failure and replace the
clevis shear pin immediately.
A warning
lf the clevis shear pin fails during stowing, use
extreme caution while continuing to stow the digger.
The auger windup sling may fail, which could result
in a free swinging auger. A free swinging auger may
cause death or serious injury.
The following steps describe the proper procedure for
stowing the digger.
2. Make sure the digger speed switch is in Low position.
A warning
A two speed digger must be in low speed when
stowing the digger. lf the digger is not In low speed,
the auger will roll up too rapidly. Rolling the auger up
too rapidly may cause shock loading, resulting in
fallure of the windup sllng or clevis shear pin. A failed
windup sling may result in a free swinging auger,
which may cause death or serious injury.
3. Rotate tf1e bocm toa position that will allow the boom
and auger to clear all obstacles when the digger is
stowed.
Jloanger
All personnel must be clear of the area before stow-
ing or unstowing the digger. A free swinging auger
can cause death or serious injury.

1. Make su re the intermediate boom is fully retractad. lf
attempting to stow the digger with the intermediate
boom partially extended, the augerflights may hit the
auger stowage bracket. This may damage the auger
stowage bracket.
4. Shift the boom hand controller to lower the point of
the auger to the ground.
5. Hook the loop at the e'lo of the augerwindup sling on
the lug that is welded 10 :'le s1de of the auger above
the auger flights (rete· to Figure 5.5).

Clevis
CleVJS Snear Pin Failed

Auger Stowage
Bracket

Auger Windup
Sling

Figure 5.10- Windup Sling C/evis snd C/evis Shear Pin

12·95 Section 5 - Operation • 49

 6. Operate the digger hand controller slightly in the Dig
position and raise the booms. Make cenain the sling
continuas to wrap around the auger tube below the
cable guide dish (refer to Figure 5.5).
7. Continua rolling the auger up slowly using the digger
function. When the auger tube is close to the auger
stowage bracket, raise the red switch guard overthe
auger release switch. Move the switch up and hold to
retract the auger latch while the augertube enters the
auger stowage bracket.
o A warning
The digger hand controller must be metered as the
auger enters the stowage bracket. Failure to meter
the hand controller may cause the augerto roll up too
rapidly. Rolling the auger up too rapldly could cause
shock loading, resulting in failure ofthe windup sling
or clevis shear pin. A failed windup sling may result
in a free swinging auger, which may cause death or
serious injury.
8. When the augertube is just above the top of the latch,
retum the auger release switch to neutral toelose the
latch under the auger tube. lmmediately shift the
djgger hand controller to neutral. Glose the guard
over the auger release switch.
A warning
lmmediately shift the digger hand controller to neu·
tral after the latch e loses under the auger tube. lf the
hand controller is not immediately retumed to neu·
tral and the auger stow protection system is improp-
erly adjusted or malfunctions, the wíndup sling or
clevis shear pin could fall. A failed windup sling may
result in a free swinging auger, which may cause
death or serious injury.
Pole Guide
The pole guide may be part of a transferable assembly or
it may be built in to the boom tip. lfthe unit is equipped with
a steel upper boom tip, the boom fiares and pole guide
are built in to the boom tip. lf the unit is eQuipped with a
fiberglass upper boom tip, the unit will be equipped with
a pole guide and boom fiares that are a transferable
assembly. The boom fiares and pele guide are transfer~
able between the intermediate and upper booms.
Acaution
The pole guide tongs are intended to be used as a
guide only. Do not use the pole guide to clamp the
pole tightly orto lift any of the pole weight.
50 • Sectlon 5 - Operation
The pote guide may be used, along with the winch and
boom fiares, to s et a pole. The pole guide tongs open to
encircle the pole and close around the pole to keep it in
position. The pole guide can be tilted forward and back to
maintain the tongs horizontal to the midsection of the
pole. The pote guide tongs are designed to handle poles
1o to 18 inches in diarneter. Figure 5.11 illustrates the
pote guide assembly.
Figure 5. 11 -Po/e Guide Assembly (Top View)
The pole guide tongs are intended to be used as a guide
only. When handling a pote, the winch line should do all
the lifting. The boom fiares should take most of the
pressure of the pote against the derrick. Do not use the
pote guide to clamp the poie tightly or to lift any of the pote
weight.
Two toggle switches on the lower control panel operate
the pole guide {refer to Figure 5.6). The pole guide
forward/store back switch tilts the pote guide through its
range of motion. The pote guide open/close switch oper~
ates the motion of the pote guide tongs. Section 3 under
Lower Controls describes these switches.
The pole guide switches operate two solenoid valves.
These valves are either on or off. Both switches are
spring retumed to the Off position. Jogging the switches
will produce small amounts of movement, allowing pre~
cise positioning of the pole guide.
lf the unit has a transferable boom fiares and pole guide
assembly, the assembly must be pinned to the upper
boom before using the pole guide. Transferring this
assembly is described in this section under Boom Fiares.
11 the pole guide and boom fiares are permanently mounted
on the upper boom tip, no special steps are necessary
before operating the pole guide.
AAttention
Tiltthe pole guideto the stored position and properly
pin the transferable upper controls to the upper
boom or transferable fiares, before extending the
upper boom with the transferable fiares pinned to the
i ntermediate boom. Failure to follow the proper pro-
cedure will result in damage to the boom tip andlor
upper controls.
12-95
Transferable Upper Controls in this section describes
how to property pin the transferable upper controls.
Pole Guide Interlock System
Units equipped with a transferable fiares and pote guide
assembly are also equipped with a pole guide interlock
system. There are three electrical switches that sense
the position of the poie guide transferable tip pin and the
position of the upper boom cylinder. This system pre-
vents damage to the pote guide, boom tip and upper
boom.
The pole guide interlock system will not allow the upper
boom to extend when the pole guide is not fully stowed
and the pote guide and transferable fiares assembty are
pinned to the intennediate boom. This prevents damage
to the pote guide and boom tip. tf the upper boom is
extended and the pole guide is pinned to the intennediate
boom, the interlock system will not allow the pote guide
to tilt forward. This prevents damage to the pole guide
and upper boom.
Boom Fiares
The derrick is equipped with boom fiares that are either
pennanently mounted or transferable. tf the unit is
equipped with a steel boom tip, it will have built-in boom
fiares that are permanently mounted on the end of the
upper boom. lf the unit is equipped with a fiberglass boom
tip, it will have boom fiares that are transferable between
the end of the intennediate and upper booms.
The boom fiares are designad to take the majority of the
pole's weight when handling a pote. The fiares also
prevent the pote from contacting a fiberglass boom tip,
thus preventing damage to the boom tip.
Location A
Side View
Figure 5.12- Transferable Boom Fiares and Po/e Guide Assemb/y Pinnlng Locations
Transferable Boom Fiares
Transferable boom fiares allow the fiares to be pinned to
the end of the intermediate or upper boom. The transfer-
able boom fiares are mounted on the same weldment as
the pote guide. Therefore. the boom fiares and pote guide
are transferred as one assembly.
When working near energized conductors, the boom
fiares may be pinned to the end of the intennediate boom
to mintmize the amount of steel at the boom tip and to
provide a smaller boom tlp profile. When handling potes.
the transferable fiares may be pinned to the upper boom.
This places the steel fiares and pote guide at the boom tip
when the uppe· boom IS extended. lt also protects the
fiberglass boom hp from damage due to contact with a
pote.
Transferring the Boom Fiares
and Pole Guide Assembty
As shown in Rgure 5.12, a retaining pin holds the
transferable boom fiares and oole guide assembly at the
end of the intennediate or upper boom. There are two
retaining pin hole locations rn the transferable boom
fiares weldment. Figure 5.1 2 also mustrates the two pin
hole locations. The trans1 erab e boom fiares and pote
guide assembly are prnned to e ntermediate boom by
rnserting the retaining prn r ....e cpper hole (location A).
The assembly is pinned to t"e uoper boom by inserting
the retaining pin in the lov.e• "lele (Location B).
To transfer the boom fiares and pote guide assembly
from the intermediate to t e uoper boom or vice versa,
first retract the upper boorr" f.J!Iy. Then lower the boom to
a point where the transfera.D e fiares retaining pin can be
reached. Pull the retam .ng D ., out and insert it into the
opposite hole. When the p n s fully insertad, a detent ball
will snap into a groove 1:'1 t e p in to hold it in place.
location A ~eta!" IJlQ Pin
Cross Section
Section 5 - Operation •51
 JlAttention
Titt the pole guide to the stored position and properly
pin the transferable upper controls to the upper
boom or transferable fiares, before extending the
upper boom with the transferable fiares pinned to the
intermediate boom. Failure to follow the proper pro-
cedure will result in damage to the boom tip and/or
upper controls. Round bar next to pole

Transferable Upper Controls in this section describes

how to properly pin the transferable upper controls.
.....
Pole Puller
The pole puller may be used to break a pole loose from
the ground. Once the pole is loose in the ground, the Figure 5.13- Po/e Puller Base Posltion
winch raise and boom raise functions can be used to pull
the pole out of the ground. Using the pole puller avoids 5. Position the poie pullercylinderon the base. Position
placing excessive loads on the derrick. the cylinder so that the curved bracket at the bottom
of the cylinder is located over the round bar on the
The following steps describe how to use the pole puller. base (refer to Figure 5.14).
Following these steps will minimize the risk of personal
injury and damage to the pole puller or chain.

1. Do not attempt to pull a pole that is not within the

unit's load capacity. Repositioning of the booms may
be necessary so that the load is within the load
capacity of the derrick.

2. Before using the pole puller, make sure the booms

are not elevated near energizad lines.

Jloanger
The booms must not be elevated near any energized
cond uctors when operating the pote puller. The lower
tools system hoses connected to the pole puller may
be wire braid reinforced hoses. Wire reinforced hoses
are conductive to any electrical charge on the unillf
the unit beeomes electrieally charged, death or seri· Curved
bracket on top
ous injury can result from touching the unit, hoses or of round bar
pole puller.

3. Make sure the ground around the pole is level. lf the

ground is not level, use a shovel to make a leve! area.
lf the ground can not be made level or if it is soft, block
up the base of the pole puller until it is level. Do this
by placing suitable material, such as wood or outrig-
gerpads, underthe baseofthe pole puller. Theentire Figure 5.14 - Cyllnder on Po/e Pul/er Base
base of the pole puller must be firmly supported to
prevent bending of the pole puller base. 6. The pole puller chain has a 0-ring on one end. =>.ace
the 0-ring over the lug on the rod end of tne cyr~e·
.. Posr<JOO the base of the pole puller on the ground, (referto Figure 5.15).
nex: o the base of the pole. Position the round bar on
:op o· • e base next to the pole (referto Figure 5.13).

52 • Seco:-- 5 - Operation
 7. Wrap the chain tightly around the pote one time.
lnsert a link from the free end of the chain in the slot
of the lug (refer to Figure 5.15}.
0-ring over lug
Chain link in slot
Figure 5.15- Pote Puller Setup
A warning
Do not use more than one wrap of chain around the
pole. Do not make a choke chain around the pole.
This could cause the chain to break with a great
force. The chain could fly off the pole and seriously
injure nearby personnel.
8. Attach the derrick hydraulic tools circuit hoses to the
cylinder (refer to Figure 5 .15}. Make su re the demck
and cylinder quick disconnect coupters are flrmly
attached.
9. Attach the winch line at the top of the oo e. Use the
winch line to support the pote once n lS pt..led oose
from the ground by the pote puUer.
A warning
Clear all personnel from the area before extending
the pote puller cylinder. A falling pote could cause
death or serious injury.
10. T o use the toots circuit, the outriggers and tools/
machina selector switch must be in the Outrigger and
Tools position (refer to Figure 5 .16}. Shift the tools
control handte to the Tools On detent position. This
will extend the pote puller cylinder. As the cylinder
12-95
extends, the chain will tighten and sta.. ·:; - - - ,1- ....
out of the ground.
Figure 5.16- Outrigger Controls
snd Outriggers snd Too/s/Mschine Selector Switch
11 . lf the pole is toose from the ground, go to Step 12. lf
the pote is still embedded in the ground, retract the
cytinder. Tighten the winch line. Reposition the cylin-
der and chain against the pote. Extend the pote puller
cylinder to tull stroke again.
12. When the pote is loose trom the ground, tighten the
winch line. Remove the chain from the pote. Move
the pote puller away from the pote.
13. Use the wmch raise and boom up functions to lift the
poi e out o• the ground.
Lower Tools
-tte too.s o'"''Le:s accormodate hydraulic tool acces-
sories such as a wrench. an 1. oote puller or other hydrau-
hc toots. The tools outlets are equipped with quick
d1sconnect frttings for easy attachment of the tools. The
tools circuit is designad to use open center tools.
Two styles of towertools circuits are availabte. One styte
has a retractable reel with hoses that allow for tool
operation at sorne distance from the unit. The other style
has stationary outtets that are mounted on the unit.
Section 5 - Operation •53
The tools control handle for the lower tools circuit is
normalty located on the tailshelf of the unit lt 1s next to the
outngger control handles and is labeled Tools (refer to
F1gure 5.16).
Before a tool 1s connected or disconnected from the
outlets, bleed off the pressure trapped in the fines. This
is done by stopping the pump and shifting the tools
control handle back and forth in both directions.
Aoanger
The booms must not be elevated near energized
conduetors when operating the lower tools system.
The lower tools system hoses may be wire braid
relnforeed. Wire reinforeed hoses are eonductive to
any electrical charge on the unit. lf the unlt becomes
electrieally charged, death or serious injury can
result from touching the unit, hoses or tool.
Keep the unlt and work areas elean. Spilled hydraulic
oil creates slick surfaces and may cause personnel
to slip and/or fall.
Upper Tools
Units with upper controls will also be equipped with a
tools circuit at the boom tip. The unit is equipped with
dedicated hydraulic lines for this purpose. The hydraulic
lines for the tools circuit are located inthe same fiberglass
housing as the upper controllines. Two quick disconnect
fittings for power tool hook up are provided on the upper
control outer housing. The tools circuit is designad to use
open center tools.
Before using the tools circuit, it is recommended to tum
the upper control on/off selector handle to the Off posi-
tion. This prevents accidental platform movement by
bumping a boom function control handle.

To use the tools circuit, the outriggers and toolslmachlne
selector switch must be in the Outrigger and Tools
position ( refer to Figure 5.16). Then move the tools
control handle to the Tools On detent position. This
provides hydraulic pressure for the tools circuit. Use the
control on the tool itself to operate the tool. lf the tool has
no built in control, such as a pole puller, use the tools
control handle on the vehicle to operate the tool.
The tools on/off control handle is located on the upper
control panel, next to the upper controls on/off selector
handle (refer to Rgure 5 .17). To tum the tools circuit on,
shift the tools control handle forward and ralease. This
sends a signal from the tools line to the pump to provide
pressure for the tools circuit. The tool can then be used
as desired to perform the necessary work function.

When the tools c ircuit is not being used, the tools control
handle should be retumed to the Tools Off position. This
disconnects hydraulic pressure from the tools circuit.
Before a too! is connected or d isconnected from the lower
tools outlets, bleed off the pressure trapped in the lines as
previously stated in this section.

The lower tools circuit is available with a 4.5 gpm oran 8

gpm flow control. Pressure is adjustable from 1 .000 psi to
2,850 psi. The tools circuit pressure is factory set at 2,000
psi. Adjusting the pressure of the tools circuit is covered
in the Maintenance Manual.

Acaution
Do not adjust t he pressure of the tools circuit above
the hydraullc power tools manufacturera' rating for
the tools that are to be used. Hydraulic pressure
above the tool pressure rating may cause the tool
hoses to burst and/or the tool to rupture. This may
result in hydraulic oil escaping under pressure. Hy·
draulic oil escaping under pressure can have enough
force to inject oil into the flesh.

In case of injury by escaping hydraulic oil, seek

medica! attention at once. Serious infection or rea~
tion can result if medlcal treatment is not given
1mmediately. Figure 5.17- Upper Control Panel

54 • Sectlon 5 - Operation 12·98

When the tools circuit is not being used, the tools circuit
should always be tumed off. The tools circuit is tumed off
the same way it is tumed on. Shifting the tools on/off
control handle forward and then releasing the handle
tums the tools circuit off. Shifting the control handle off
disconnects the signalline from the tools line and retums
the pump to standby. The tools pressure line and the tool
itself are drained when the tools circuit is tumed off. This
prevents pressure from becoming trapped in the tools
hose and allows the tool to be easily disconnected.
The pressure and flow of the upper controls tools circuit
are adjustable to accommodate hydraulic tools with
various pressure and flow requirements. Pressure is
adjustable from 500 psi to 2,850 psi and flow is adjustable
from 5 gpm to 8 gpm. Pressure is factory set at 2,000 psi.
Flow is factory set at five gpm. Adjustment of the tools
circuit is covered in the Maintenance Manual.
Jlcaution
Do not adjust the pressure of the tools circult above
the hydraulic power tools manufacturers' rating for
the tools that are to be used. Hydraulic pressure
above the tool pressure rating may cause the tool
hoses to burst andlor the tool to rupture. Ttlis may
result in hydraulic oil escaping under pressure. Hy-
draulic oil escaping under pressure can have enough
force to inject oil into the flesh.
In case of injury by escaping hydraulic oll, seek
medical attention at once. Serious infection or reac-
tion can result if medica! treatment is not given
immediately.
Keep the unit and workareas elean. Spilled hydraulic
oil creates slick surfaces and may cause personnel
to slip andlor fall.
A-
~~Unlocked
A-
Note - Section A-A
[1 1] shown in Figure 5.19.
Figure 5.18- Platform Brake
12-95
Personnel Platform
The denick may be equipped with a fiberglass personnel
platform mounted at the upper boom tip for use in aerial
operations. The platform is gravity leveled and equipped
with a mechanical platform brake to lock it in all positions.
Unstowing the Platform
When the platform is needed, it may be unlocked from its
stowed position, which is parallel to the boom. This is
done b·'r' unlocking the platform brake and disengaging
the sprng loaded detent pin from the disk brake. The
following steps describe how to unstow the platform.
1. Unlock the platform brake by rotating the handle
away from the bottom of the platform (refer to Figure
5.1 8).
2 . Litt uo on the bottom of the platform to remove its
weight from the detent pin.
3. Locate the T -handle detent pin on the boom side of
the platform support bracket. The detent pin is spring
loaded. Pull out and rotate the T -handle until the
short arm of the T -handle engages the notched tab
to hold the pin out (refer to Figure 5.19).
4. Carefully lower the platform to the vertical position.
Using the Platform
When using the platform, exercise caution and common
sense. The following paragraphs describe safety prac-
ticas that should be followed when operating the derrick
from the platform.
A-
300 lbs.
~
' A-
Locked
[gJ
Section 5 - Operation •55
 Platform Support Bracket o
Platform Mounting Pin

Platform Retaining Pin

T -Handle Oetent Pin T -Handle Oetent Pin

Engaged in Notched Tab Oisengaged

Note - This figure is

SectJon A-A from
F gure 5.18.

Figure 5.19 - T·Handle Detent Pin

The flberglass platform at the boom tlp area wlll not

j\oanger
lt is impossible to foresee all situations and combl-
nations for use of the unit. The operator bears ultl-
mate responsibility for following all regulations and
safety rules of their employer andlor any state or
federallaw.
protect against electrieal continuity. The fiberglass
platform, properly fitted with a platform llner, will
offer sorne protection for the lower extremities of the
operator's body.lt cannot protect against all contact
between an operator and either two conductors ora
single conductor and grounded elements ofthe pole.

The operator has full, metered control from the upper

controls. Slow, smooth operation of the upper controls is
important. Smooth operation of the controls minimizas
the sw1nging of the gravity reveled platform. Section 3
unoer Upper Controls describes the operation of the
upper eontrols.
j\warning
Anyone occupying the platform must wear an appro-
priate OSHA approved fall restraint device attached
to a lanyard. The lanyard must be secured to the
lanyard anchor at the boom tip.

The platform occupant should position the platform

j\caution
Use care when getting on and off the unit andlor
when entering and exlting the platform to avoid
slipping andlor falling.
A polyethylene platform liner is available. However, the
demck is notto be considerad an insulated digger derrick
and carries no dielectric rating, unless it is manufacturad,
ma10tamed and marked on the load capacity placard
near the lower control station as an insulated derrick.
Aoanger
All operators must read and understand Section 4
under Operation Near Energized Conductors before
operatlng the unlt near energized conductors. lm-
proper operation of the unit near energized conduc-
tors may result in death or serious injury.
using the upper controls. Only use the lower controls
to position the platform in an emergency situati on or
when the platform occupant is guiding the lower
controls operator. An error in judgment by the lower
controla operator could result in death or serious
lnjury.
For operator safety, follow OSHA and company rules
conceming platform operation and mínimum clearances.
Befare operating the upper controls, unlock the platform
brake completely. This is done by rotating the handle
away from the bottom of the platform (refer to Figure
5.18). The brake must be unlocked to allow gravity
leveling of the platform.
Use the platform brake in the locked position to keep the
platform from swinging when the boom is in position and
aerial worl< is being per1ormed. Figure 5.1 8 illustrates the
platform brake in the locked position. The brake is locked

56 • Section 5 - Operation 12-95

 by rotating the handle downward toward the bottom of
the platform.
When properly adjusted, the brake will support 300
pounds at the platfonn Jip. lf slippage occurs under this
condition, the brake needs adjusting. Adjustment of the
brake is described in the Maintenance Manual.
Stowing the Platform
When not in use, the platform may be stowed atthe boom
tip. lt is locked in a position parallel to the boom by the
platform brake and the spring loaded detent pin engaged
in the disk brake. The following steps describe how to
stow the platform.
1. Unlock the platform brake by rotating the handle
away from the bottom of the platform (refer to Figure
5.18).
2. Locate the T-handle detent pin on the boom side of
the platform support bracket. The detent pin is spring
loaded. Disengage the detent pin. Todo this, pull out
the detent pin. Then tum it 90 degrees so the T·
handle wíll clearthe notched tab and allowthe spring
to pull the pin in (refer to Figure 5.19).
3 . Normally, the stowed platform is positioned with the
bottom of the platform toward the pedestal of the
derrick. However, if the platform is mounted on the
same side of the boom as the auger stowage bracket,
the platform is stowed with the bottom of the platform
away from the pedestal. Swing the platform in the
appropriate direction and lift it up until the detent pin
snaps into the hole in the disk brake. At this point, the
platform will be parallel to the boom.
4 . Lock the platform brake by rotating the handle to-
ward the platform (refer to Figure 5.18).
jlAttention
Always lock the platform brake before road travel.
Locking the platform brake gives maximum support
to the platform. Failure to lock the brake may result
In darnage to, or failure of, the detent pin.
Removing the Platforrn from the Derrick
The platform assembly may be completely removed from
the derrick. To accomplish this, first unstow the platform
as described in this section. Then remove the platform
retaining pin that goes through the mounting tube on the
boom tip (refer to Figure 5.19). Pull the entire assembly
out of the platform mounting socket. Toaid in reinstalling
the platform later, lubricate the inside of the platform
mounting socket with anti-seize lubricant.
12-95
Transferable Upper Controls
Transferable upper controls are available to operate the
derrick boom and winch functions from the personnel
platform.
lf the unit is equipped with a personnel jib, it should al so
have the pullout style of upper controls. With this style of
transferable upper controls, the upper panel is mounted
on a sliding fiberglass tube that may be extended from a
separata outer housing.
The upper control panel has tour control handles that
provide tun metered control of the boom and winch
functions. The comro handles operate the rotation, ex-
tension. boom and wl'ldl functions. There is also an
upper controls on.oF se ector handle anda tools on/off
control handle. 'Pls c i.Ji; olSCOnnects for hydraufic tool
hook up are loc:a1ec t.mae~ the upper control panel. The
upper controls are desa-.Ded m Section 3 under Upper
Controls.
Befare transferring the lr.>pe· controls, retract the upper
boom. Rotate and lower _ .:x>Qq) until the uppercontrols
assembly can be easily reao"\eá from the ground.
Pinning Arrangements With
Boom Fiares Pinned to lntennediate Boom
When the transferable boc~ .ares are pinned to the
intermediate boom (refer to ;:e ;-Jre 5.20), there are three
possible pinning arrangei'T'e':%5 for the upper controls.
• The uppercontrols ray oe pinned to the transferable
boom fiares by pos -mg the detent pin in Pin
Location A shOWI1 Rgure 5.20. This allows the
upper controls to re.-¡a n at the end of the intermedi·
ate boom when t1'e .1pper boom is extended. This
pinníng arranger.enl mmimizes the number of com-
ponents at the ooorr tip when lifting a load.
• The transferable con:rots may be pinned to the upper
boom by positiofun9 the detent pin in Pin Location B
shown in Figure 520. This allows the upper controls
to extend as tne ltpper boom is extended. This
positions the uppe• controls at the upper boom tip.
The upper controlS will be available to the occupant
of the personne. ptatform.
• lf the unit is equtpped with a personnel jib, the pullout
upper controts nay be pinned to the personnel jib
only when the outer housing of the controls is pinned
to the upper boom. Tnis allows the upper controls to
be available to the platform occupant when the
platform is pinned to the personnel jib. Todo this, first
pin the outer housing of the upper controls to the
Section 5 - Operation •57
 Boom ares P'nraed to intennedrate boom Pln Location A
(pin emers from opposite side of boom)
-
Upper controls pinned to boom fiares

Boom fiares pinned to intermediate boom

(pin enters from opposite side of boom)

Pln Location B
Upper controls pinned to upper boom

Control Mounting Bracket

Pln Location C
Oetent Pin Personnel Jib

Pin Location O
Boom fiares pinned to upper boom Upper controls pinned to transferable boom fiares
(pin enters from opposite side of boom)

Pin Location E
Upper controls pinned to upper boom

Figure 5.20 - Transfersble Upper Controls Pinning Arrangements

58 • Section 5 - Operation 12-95

 upperboom as described in the previous paragraph.
Secondly, pin the control mounting bracket to the jib
with the T-handle retaining pin. Then remove the
detent pin that securas the pullout upper control
panel to the outer housing. Pull the upper control
panel out of the outer housing. Align the upper
control panel pinning hole with the pinning hole in the
control mounting bracket on the personnel jib. lnsert
the detent pin through the aligned hole (refer to Pin
Locatíon e , Figure 5.20).
JlAttention
Do not pin the pullout upper controls t o the person-
nel jib when the outer housing of the upper controls
is pinned to the transferable boom f iares. This pin-
ning arrangement will cause over extension of the
pullout upper controls when the upper boom is
extended. Damage to the upper controls assembly
will result.
Pinning Arrangements Wlth
Boom Fiares Pinned to Upper Boom
When the transferable boom fiares are pinned to the
upper boom (refer to Figure 5.20), three pinning arrange-
ments are available for the upper controls.
• The upper controls may be pinned to the transferable
fiares by positioning the detent pin in Pin Location O
shown in Figure 5.20. This pinning arrangement
allows the upper controls to extend with the transfer-
able boom fiares as the upper boom is extended. The
controls are available to the occupant of the person-
nel platform.
• The transferable controls may be pinned to the upper
boom by positioning the detent pin in Pin Location E
shown in Figure 5.20. This allows the upper controls
to extend as the upper boom is extended. This
positions the upper controls at the upper boom tip.
The controls are available to the occupant of the
personnel platform.
• lf the unit is equipped with a personnel jib, the pullout
upper controls may be pinned to the personnel jib
only when the outer housing of the upper controls is
pinned to the upper boom. This allows the upper
controls to be available to the platform occupant
when the platform ts p.nred to the personnel jib. To
do this, first pin tne outer housing of the upper
controls to the upper boolr as described in the
previous paragraph. Seco."lC o n the control mount-
ing bracket to the jib with tne T -'1artdle retaining pin.
Then remove the detent ptn that secures the pullout
12-95
upper control panel to the outer housing. Pul the
upper control panel out of the outer housing. A , g"'
the uppe r control panel pinning hole with the pinnmg
hole in the bracket of the personnel jib. lnsert ""e
detent pin through the allgned holes (refer to P ,..
Location e, Figure 5.20).
JlAttention
Do not pln the pullout upper controls to the person-
nel jlb when the outer housing of the upper controls
is plnned to the transferable boom fiares. This pln-
ning arrangement will cause over extension of the
pullout upper controls when the upper boom is
extended. Damage to the upper controls assembly
will resull
ROACS-3 Remote Start/Stop
The ROAeS-3 is a remete control start/stop system with
additional auxiliary functions (refer to Figure
5.21 ).
@/ÍÁ\\ ~@
'º' \21
START STOP
AUX1 AUX2
THIS UHIT COMPUES wtTW
F'CC RULES PART 15AT
TIME OF MAH\I'ACTURE
@ @
Figure 5.21 - ROAC5-3 Trsnsmltter
The ROAeS-3 system has a complete Operator's Manua.
that fully explains how to operate this system.
Start/Stop Function
Two switches are provided on the ROAeS-3 transmitter
for engine start/stop. One switch is designated start and
the other stop. When the start switch is operated, lt
engages the starter and ignition circuits for the vehicle
engine. To activate thevehicle engine, the start switch is
held until the engine starts. When the stop switch is
operated, it disengages the ignition system of the vehiele
engine. The stop switch need only be operated momen-
tarily to stop the engine. lt is not necessary to hold the
switch until the engine stops.
Section 5 - Operat.io"' •59
Auxlliary Functlons
The auxiliary switches may provide operat1on of various
funct1ons such as emergency purnps, warning homs,
power tools solenoid va/ves, etc.
Fiberglass Jibs
Fibergfass j1bs are available for personnel or material
handling MatenaJ handling jibs are available in three
different stytes. The personnel jib is available in one style.
All jibs will have a rated jib capacity placard mounted on
the jib bracket or jib boom. In sorne material handling jib
posítions, the rated capacity of the winch will be greater
than the rated capacity of the jib.
Befare lifting a load with the jib, consult the following, as
discussed in Section 2. to determine the available
capacity.
• Jib capacity chart
• Oigger derrick use capacity chart and notes
• Platform and combined digger derrick and platform
use capacity chart and notes
/loanger
Do not exceed the figures stated on the jib capacity
chart. Overloading the jib may cause failure of the jib.
Death or serious injury could resutt.
Do not operate tne pole guide with a jib installed.
Damage to the jib could resutt. This could result in
death or serious injury.
50 • SectJon 5 - Operation
Material Handling Jib
Material handling jibs are available in three different
styles- a 4 .2' one piece jib, a 4.8' two piece telescopio
jib, and an 8' one piece jib (refer to Figure 5.22).
The 4 .2', the 4 .8' jib, or the 8' jib may be pinned to the
boom tip when it is needed. The jib boom may be
manually tilted up and down by using one of four different
pinning positions.
The 4.8' two piece jib is a manual telescopio jib. lt may be
extended from 3.6' to 4.8'. To extend the jib, remove the
detent pin and pull the jib extension out of the base of the
jib. Une up the holes and replace the detent pin.
Personnel Jlb
The eight foot personnel jib boom has one pinning
position. One or two platforms may be pinned to the jib's
platform mounting socket. The platform(s) are pinned
with a platform retainíng pin (refer to Figure 5.19).
The transferable upper controls may be pinned to the jib
for operation of the derrick from the platform. Transfer-
able Upper Controls in this section fully describes how to
pin the upper controls to the jib.
Read and understand the information under Personnel
Platform in this section before operating the derrick from
the platform. This section con1ains important platform
safety and operational information.
12·95
 Personnel Jib

Platform Mouting
Socket

~ RA-ED PLATFORM
............... CAPACITY · 300 !...8
~ RATEO CAPACITIES FOR •.::-!:•t c1XJC:.1•y epgt •e" • •tt~ or wHi'lout tmer
..... -...... .., 8 FT PERSONNEL JIB """S·~ ~~ ano nc i..lde" op:ero'for. nono tools
:re ::r.1 c. ·~ ac:~ssor •e~

1' PLA TFORM 1300 LB 1 A CAUTIONI

2 DLA TFORMS 500 LB TO AL
Aoo"e COOOCIHes 11"'1( 1\lde 1 or 2 peop•e p1otf'orm ..:o:: ~ :. .c•rO'- -....s• f"\Ct eac to~ rl\e l ~ »e,.
t1ne r Cs l. r'lOn<J tools ono ony otne-- occe ssCH""tH : ·r~ ~::.oc. ·, 5.-"'"0W" aoove or tOO<t cococ ·'y
es .:ar·~ -~ orto•
:
.:--r~ u. ust o·
OOor"" 1 •P rerer to
~oc:: C z:>:~: r'!J ~· fCf P otform oncs
,... _ _ !C: Or"..... o =·'orrn Use-
Totol lood In plotrormls 1 must nol eace~
fne Jes.set" or Obove roled caooct•y or vo uc
• ~e ~~=::-r:O :,;: .e; ¡:;~~~J•o
oete•moneo f-om Looc Caooc: · y ChCrt for =r-~.....:
Plotform ond Comb"'ed Oe rrod</ Piolf orm U$e
Do no! u~e '"'~ JIO fo< llftlnq otr,er lood> G
Oo no1 11rt toocn • • ·~ • •nct\ ltne ~n
pers~ J 1> l s ,,., us~ :oc <e<: j:5f! ~- ~-...s •e r...-ce
'::-.:1 ~ ~ te V S..:-2-..-C'fS OQO'n$• tro,e
.;r~ er ~ x..-.-t :¡r. ..... ! ty~ of
#-··=··r
ooc: ~ ..=r ~~~::~-_;¡¡;p
!)p(':.-"'lf z ~--;.
~ Cf' cous~ 1 • 1
... ~ t::ICO- • = reJ.ut1¡"'9 o t~
- r•
4.8' Telescopic Material
Handling Jib

o
Detent Pin

4.2' and 8' One Piece Material Handling Jib

OWGI222

Note - Sa~ e Dlacards shown. Refer to the

jib capacrt; cr.a• "'10Unted on the jib for specific
jib litting capac¡y nfonnation.
Figure 5.22 - Fiberglass Jíbs
12-95 Section 5 - Operation •61
62 • Secbon 5 - Operation 12-95
 Section 6 - Protection S ystems
The derrick is equipped with protection systems that are
intended to protect the unit from being overloaded dueto
operator errors. However, even with these protection
systems, the derrick can be damaged if the operator
disregards the recommended methods and procedures
described in this manual.
Hydraulic Overlo ad Protectio n (HOP)
The hydraulíc overtoad protection system prevents ex-
cessive overloading of the derrick. This system is an
important safetyfeature that helps preven! accidents and
damage to the derrick. Therefore, all operators should
understand the system and its importance.
The hydraulic overload protection system is built into the
derrick hydraulic system. A pressure switch connected to
the base end of the lift cylinder senses the amount of
pressure in the hydraulic system (refer to Figure 6.1 ).
When the derrick is loaded to its ratees capacity, the
pressure in the base end of the lift cylinder is equal to the
maximum system pressure, regardless of boom angle or
extension. When the pressure reaches approximately 1O
percent over maximum system pressure due to over-
loading of the booms, the HOP system is activated. The
HOP system temporarily shuts off the followmg functions
that can cause further overloading.
• Winch Raise • lntermediate Boom Extend
• Oigger Oig • Upper Boom Extend
• Boom Lower
HOP Pressure Switch
(inside tumtable}
Overload Protect ion
Boom Stow Protectlon
Figure 6.1 - Protection Systems
12·95
While the tunctions listed previously are temporarily shut
off, the following functions remain operational to relteve
the overload.
• Winch'Lower • lntermediate Boom Retract
• Oigger Clean • Upper Boom Retract
• Boom Ra1se
When the operator eliminates the overload from the
derrick. the system automatically restares operation to
the functions that were temporarily shut off.
Do not use tne HOP system as a way of determining the
load the de'TICk 'i' fifl Use the load indicator gauge, the
boom raise caoacity test and the derrick load capacity
chart to determ•ne if a load is within the capacity of the
derrlck. The boon ra.tse capacity test is described in
Section 4 undercaoactty and Stability. The load indicator
gauge 1s located at me lower control panel. The gauge
shows the perce'ltage of the derrick's rated capacity of
the hydraulic system that ts being used when lifting a
load. Thts gauge is described m Section 3 under Lower
Controls.
j lc a ution
The load indicator gauge only measures the load as
a percentage of the derrick's rated hydraulic capac-
ity. tt does not reflect stability of the unit, which may
cause the load capacity to be less than t he hydraulic
capacity. The weight of the load must be within t he
capacity shown on the load capaclty chart l ocated
near the lower control panel.
Auger Stow Protecti on
AugerStow
Switch
Junction
Box
Boom Stow Switch
The HOP system is intended to prevem overfoading of
the derrick due to operator error N'len lrfting a load.
Repeated operation at these load levels could eventually
cause component failure.
AAttention
Do not use the hydraulic overload protecti on system
to limit the loads Ufted by the unlt. Everytime the HOP
system operates, the unit is subjected to an over-
load. Repeated overloads may cause component
fallure.
Any time tlle booms are positioned out of the boom rest
a.-..: E.X.: .....e .,. 1mum boom angle, the needle of the
a.: ~""'Z:o· gauge should move with any change in
:!'X- a. ; 1: or loading. lf the reading on the gauge
:=- ::ns a· zero when the boom is out of the boom rest
a:.-c E:XNe ;.,e mínimum boom angle, the HOP system is
-n· •w"""'C"...O'l ng properly. The unit must be taken out of
se- ce: ...1nt. the problem is corrected.
j\Attention
Do not operate the unit with the HOP system not
unctioning properly. The unit is unprotected from
o _r: oading. Severe structural damage could result.
Do not d isable the HOP system in an attempt to allow
tne derrick to per1orm a task prevented by this pro-
t.eetion system. Structural failure of the derrick could
resutt.
T.":'e e ectrical portian of the HOP system should be
cnecked daily before operating the derrick. With the
000..... stowed, operate the winch raise, diggerdig, boom
lo. e~ mtermediate and upper boom extend functions. lf
a ..1 ot these functions are operational, the limit switch in
~ oottom of the boom stow bracket is not properly
ae"Vatmg the HOP system. The cause of the problem
SOOY id be determinad and corrected before operating the
rut.
Boom Stow Protection
The boom stow protection system prevents damage to
: chass1s from the boom lower function when the boom
a:s stowed.
s.vrtch is located in the boom stow bracket on the
::-s<le of the boom. The switch is mechanically acti·
-== "'e" the boom is stowed. The switch engages the
- ~- Q",.rertoad protection (HOP) system. One of the
...n::talS ....e HOP system shuts off is the boom lower
:.."'e boom hand controller is not immediately
:: ...:::-?':1 ~~ge to the chassis is prevented because
- ~ e· runction is shut off.
6-: • Sec:;a; 6 - Protection Systems
Acaution
The boom hand controller should be metered to slow
the speed of the lower boom to avoid shock loads as
the boom contaéts the rest. The lower boom must be
stowed finnly in its rest. H h bounces during travel,
damage could be caused to the lower boom, the ltft
cyllnder andlor the tumtable.
Auger Stow Protection
The auger stow protection system prevents damage to
the auger stowage mechanism and windup sling when
the auger is stowed.
A limit switch is located in the auger stowage bracket
(referto Figure 6.1 ). The switch is mechanically activated
when the auger reaches the top of its travel during
stowing. The switch engages the hydraulic overtoad
protection (HOP) system. When the HOP system is
engaged, one of the functions it shuts off is the digger dig
function. lf the digger hand controller is not immediatety
released, damage to the unit is prevented because the
digger dig function is shut off.
AAttention
Do not stow a two speed digger in high speed. The
digger should be in low speed when stowing. The
digger hand controller should be metered as the
auger enters the stowage bracket. The auger stow
protection system cannot prevent shock loads as
the digger contacts the auger stowage bracket.
Side Load Protection
The side load protection system helps prevent damage to
the derrick structures when a side load is developed on
the booms. Side loads may be caused by a variety of
derrick operations. The following list describes sorne
derrick operating practicas that cause side loads.
• Winching a load in from the side.
• Raising the boom with the winch line at an angle to
the side.
• Corkscrewing an auger into the ground when work·
ing at an angle to one side.
• Failing tofollowthe movement of a screw anchorwith
the boom, rotation and intermediate boom controls.
• Lowering the boom against an auger or screw an-
chor that is angled to the side of the boom.
12·95
lf an excessive side load is developed on the booms, the
gearbox and rotation motor will back drive and the
rotation brake will slip. This allows the booms to side slip,
or rotate, toward the load. This relieves the excessive
side load. Refer to Figure 6.2.
Figure 6.2 - Side Load Protection
12-95
Operate the unit in a manner that avoids developing a
side load on the booms. Do not rely on the side load
protection system to prevent side loads from developing
on the booms. The system is intended to protect the
derrick from excessive side loading dueto operator error
Each time the side load protection system operates, the
derrick is subjected toan over1oad. Repeated over1oads
could cause component failure.
Jlcaution
Avoid excessive side loading of the booms. Rotate
the booms toward the load instead of depending on
the side l oad protection system. Never exceed the
load the rotation system can pull under its own
power. Side toading can result In damage to the
structuTe$ or rotation system and can adversely
affect vehiele stability.
Never ane"'D1 to counteract the s1de load protection
system D'J shifting the rotation hand controller in the
opposne direction of the side slip.
jlAttention
Do not attempt to override the side load protection
system with the rotation hand controller. This will
cause increased loading of the booms and may
damage the rotation system.
lf a load being winched up causes a sufficient side load
to actívate the side load protection system, the booms will
rotate. The rotation can be stopped by lowering the load
back to the ground.
Section 6- Protection Systems •65
66 • Secuon 6 - Protection Systems 12·95
 Section 7 - Emergency Operatlon
Operating Safely
In the event that the occupant of the platform suffers
injury while alott, the platform may be lowered by using
the oveniding lower controls.
Aoanger
Before attempting to lower the platform wlth the
lower controla, for the protection of the ground
personnel, lt must first be determlned that the unit is
not energized. Death or serious lnjury can result
from contact wlth equlpment that has become elec-
trlcally energlzed.
Upon determination that it is safe to touch the unit, the
lower controls may be used for boom movement and
rotation. The Jower controls will override the upper con-
trols by moving the controls switch on the Jower control
panel to the Lower position. Then use the lower controls
to carefully lower the platform to the ground. lf possible,
retract the intermediate and upper booms before lower-
ing the platform to the ground.
Operation From Other Controls
lf a situation arises where the unit cannot be operated
from the lower or upper controls, there are three possible
solutions for lowering the booms. lf the electrical system
or pilot valves malfunction, the unit may be stowed using
the manual override control handles on the boom func-
tions and diggerlwinch valvas. lf the unlt is disabled by
engine or pump failure, another unit may be used as an
auxiliary power source to stow the unit. lf another unit is
not available, the booms may be manually rotated and
lowered as described under Manually Stowing the Unit.
Manual Operation of Boom
Functions and Digger/Winch Valves
The boom functions and digger/winch valves are equippeo
wlth manual override control handles. The manual ove~­
ride control handles may be used to manually operate tne
valves if the electrical system or pilot valves mattunctio"l
This enables the derrick to be stowed for travel
The boom functions and diggerlwinch vaJves are localeo
behind covers on opposite sides ot the tumtable. Figure
7.1 labels each manual override control hand e on tne
valves. The operation of the functions as the har-d es are
shifted are also identified. Operation of the manual over-
nde control handles is similar to the hand contro ers at
the lower control panel. The manual ovefTlde control
12-15
handles may be shifted in two directions. When the
manual override control handles are centered, they are 1n
the neutral position.
Notice that the manual override control handles on the
digger/winch and the boom functions valves are different
styles. Ahhough the handles look different, operation is
the same.
Before the manuaJ override control handles may be used,
the boom funcbons DIOCking valve must be opened. The
boom functions bloc!'Clng vaJve may be opened one of two
ways, depending upon wnether the electrical system is
operational or nolit the e leetncal system is working, use
the instructions under optlon one to stow the unit. lf the
electrical system is no: Of'l<lng, use the instructions
under option two m ~ e Clénick.
Manual Operation - Option One
lf the electrical system iS.,. r; use tne following steps
to open the boom funcnons bloóc..~ vaJve and stow the
derrick.
1 . Open the boom funct10ns b - g valve by operat-
ing the hand controlle '"fo~ ·'"le 'a.. function. Moving
the diggerspeed switch o :.'le ... gn position will also
open the blocking vatve.
2. Once the blocklng valve s open, use the manual
ove~-·=e control hand es :e stow the derrick. The
funct1ons should be o;>e~ed slowly and cautiously.
Only use the marua over"Jae control handles to stow
the derrick. Dono t.se emtooperatethe derrickfor
normal operaba . Retum !he digger speed switch to
low if nwas :.rtea to h gn. T ake the unit out of service
unt~ tne proo e~ IS corrected.
Manual Ope:nrtíon - Optlon Two
lf the ~ system is not working, use the followíng
steps to 1u.-a IIC811y bypass the boom functions block-
mg \<i:Je ano stow the derrick.
1 S'lUt off the engine and disengage the PTO. Ralease
any pressure built up in the hoses connected to the
ooom functions blocklng valve. This may be done by
moving any boom functions manual ovérride control
handle in both directions for severa! seconds.
Acaution
Fallure to remove pressure betore loosenlng a valve
cartridge from lts housing wlll cause oll to spray out
under pressure as the connectíon is loosened. Hy-
draullc oll escaplng under pressure can have enough
force to inject oll lnto the flesh.
Sect1on 7 - Emergency Ope;a
 o;; - O.gger___. Clean

Boor.~ ~unctions Valve

Manual Override Control Handles

Retract .._ Upper Boom-- Extend

Retract - lntermediate Boom__. Extend

Raise - Boom__. Lower

Right - Rotation ___. Left

Figure 7. 1 - Digger/Winch and Boom Functions Va/ves

In case of injury by escaping hy draulic oil, seek override control handles to stow the derrick. Do not
medica! attention at once. Serious infection or reac- use them to operate the derrick for normaJ operation.
tion can result if medica! treatment is not given
immediately.

Keep the unit and work areas clean. Spilled hydraulic

oil creates sl ick surfaces and may cause personnel
to slíp andlor fall.

2. The boom functions blocking vaJve is located inside

the pedestal (refer to Figure 7.2}. Remove the sole-
noid for the boom functions blocking valve from the
valve housing. Remove the boom functions blocking
valve cartridge from the valve housing (refer to
Figure 7.3}.

3. lnstall a -12 SAE 0-ring plug in the open port of the

valve housing where the boom functions blocking
valve cartridge was Jocated.

4. Tum on the engine and engage the PTO. Once the

boom functions blocking valve is opened or by-
passed, use the manual override control handles to
operate the functions. The functions should be oper-
ated slowly and cautiously. Only use the manual Outrigger and Boom Functions Blocking Valva

Figure 7.2- Boom Functions B/ocking Va/ve

68 • Sectlon 7 - Emergency Operation 12·95
 B A T
S
p

Boom Functions Blocking O'..r.ng;epBlocking Valve

Valve Cartridge and Solenoid Cartnoge and Solenoid

Figure 7.3- Outrigger snd Boom Functíons 8/ocking Va/ve

5. Shut off the engine and disengage the PTO. Release The following instructions refer to the disabled unit,
any pressure built up in the hoses connected to the except where specified.
boom functions blocking valve. This may be done by
moving any boom functions manual override control 1. Close the shutoff valve below the oil reservoir in the
handle in both directions for severa! seconds. suction line of the pump (refer to Figure 7.4).
Rll Opening
6. Remove the plug in the valve housing. lnstall the
boom functions blocking valve cartridge. Torque the
valve cartridge to 35 foot-pounds. lnstall the solenoid
in the valve housing in the same orientation it was
befare it was removed. Torque the solenoid mount-
ing nut to five foot-pounds. Take the derrick out of
service until the problem is corrected.

Auxiliary Power So u rce

Another hydraulically powered unit may be used as an
auxiliary power source to stow a unit that has lost its
hydraulic power. The altemate power source must con-
tain compatible hydraulic oil and should produce a flow
no greater than 21 gpm.
Only use the altemate power source to stow the unit for
road travel. lt should not be used to operate the unit for
an extended period of time.
Before beginning the following procedure, shut off the
PTO and hydraulic pump on both the disabled unit and
operable unit.
Drain Pipe
Figure 7.4 - Hydraulic Reservoir
2. locate the pressure hose thát runs from the pump to
the boom funcüons and outrigger blocking valves
(refer to Figure 7 .5 ). DISCOnnect this line from the
pump. Plug the pump outel
3. Connect a pressure outlet from the operable unit to
the pressure hose that was disconnected from the
disabled unit in Step 2. 1fthe operable unit is equipped
with a power tools hose reel, use the pressure hose
on the reel for this purpose. lf a tools reel is not

12-95 Section 7- Emergency Operation • 69

 available, use another pressure hose from the oper-
able unit of sufficient length. The hose should have
a mínimum rating of 3,000 psi. Appropriate fittings
will need to be added to the pressure hose on the
disabled unit to do this.
4. Locate the rerum hose that runs from the derrick
pedestal to the retum line filter (refer to Figure 7.5).
Disconnect this hose at one end, and cap or plug the
reservoir side of this connection.
~.,.,.....t::;¡ 1
...
············-- ·········· -'!~--- --· - ··-·······¡
.... ..,. : ... --~
. ' , ~~
____ .....- Disconnect Retum
Hose Here
Figure 7.5 - Auxiliary Power Source Plumbing
5. Connect a retum inlet from the operat1ve unit to the
retum line disconnected from the disabled unit in
Step 4. lf available, use the retum hose on the tools
reel on the operable unit forthis purpose. Otherwise,
use another hose of sufficient length from a retum
Jnlet on the operable unit. Appropriate fittings will
need to be added to the retum hose of the disabled -
unit to do this.
lf a retum inlet is not available, connect a hose to the
retum line disconnected in Step 4. lnsert the free end
of the hose in the fill opening on top of the reservoir
of the operable unit (refer to Figure 7.4).
6 Start the engine and pump on the operable unit. lf the
electncal system on the derrick is still operable, use
the lower controls to stow the unit. Use the outrigger
control handles to raise the outriggers.
70 • ~ i - Eme"gency Operation
lf the etectrical system is not working, use the manual
override control handles on the boom functions and
digger/winch valves to stow the unit. Manual Opera-
tion of Boom Functions and D1gger/Winch Valvas
describes the manual operation of these valvas. To
manually raise the outriggers, refer to Manually
Raising the Outriggers in this section.
7. Once the derrick is stowed, stop the engine and
pump on the operable unit. Retum all the hydraulic
hoses to their original connections on both units .
Open the shutoff vaJve on the disabled unit .
1
Manually Stowing the Unit
lf the vehicle has engine failure, or the derrick has pump
faiture ora major hydraulic leak, hydraulic power will be
lost. Should this situation occur, the derrick booms may
be manually rotated and lowered as described in this
section.
1t is not possible to manually retract the booms, stow the
digger, or raise and lower the winch line. lntemal holding
valves in the extension cylinders prevent the booms from
being manually retractad. The digger cannot be manually
stowed. lf the booms are extended or the auger is
unstowed and the unit does not have a major hydraulic
leak, an auxiliary power source could be used to stow the
unit. Auxiliary Power Source is described earlier in this
section. The winch has a self-locking brake. T herefore, it
cannot be raised or lowered without hydraulic power.
lf the derrick has a load on the winch line, determine if the
load is heavy enough to cause the derrick to become
overloaded or unstable when the booms are manually
rotated and lowered. lf the load will cause the vehicle to
be unstable or overloaded, remove the load with other
heavy equipment.
jlwarning
lf the unlt loses hydraulic power with a heavy load on
the winch line, remove the load before manually
stowing the unlt.lf the load is not removed, overload-
íng or tipping of the unit could occur. This may result
in personal injury andlor property damage.
Rotating the Tumtable
To rotate the tumtable manually, another piece of heavy
equipment, such as a crane or derrick, 1s needed to assist
in rotation. The following steps describe how to manually
rotate the tumtable.
12·95

Jlcaution
Rotate the tumtable very slowly. Proceed wlth ex-
treme caution when using another pieee of equip-
ment to rotate the booms. rt control over the unlt is
not malntained, the booms could rotate out of con-
trol. Thls may cause personal injury, property dam-
age, and/or tip the unlt over.
Make sure there is sufficient clearance around the
unlt before moving the booms. lnsufficient clearance
may cause personal injury and/or property damage .
1. tf the disabled unit is not level, position the operable
unit uphill from the disabled unit. Wrap cables or
chains around the disabled unit's upper boom tip and
hook the chains to the operable unit. This will pos -
tively restrain the boom and prevent uncontro ~
rotation when the rotation brake is releasec -
Step 2.
Jlcaution
tf the disabled unit is not level, the boons must be
positively restrained. This may be done by hooking
the booms to an operable unit that is pos. 'oned
uphill from the disabled unil Proceed w-:t- extreme
caution when using another pieee of equ pment to
rotate or restrain the booms. rt e booms are not
restrained and the rotation brake is re'4!.ased uncon-
trolled rotation of the booms cou d resutt. This may
cause personal injury, prope~ damage andlor tip
the unit over.
2. Loasen the two ._, nex reaa oolts that hold the
rotation brake to the rotat'O('I gearoox hous1ng. Fig-
ure 7.6 illustrates the locatJOrl o• the bolts. Once the
mounting bolts are removed the rotatlon brake and
motor may be removed as or1e assembly from the
gearbox housing. Place the brake and motor assem-
bly out of the way.
0~0
·u·
Rotation Gearbox
Figure 7.6- Tumtable
12·95
3. Use the operable unit to rotate the booms until they
are positioned above the boom rest.
Lowering the Booms
lf there is an operator in the personnel platform, the first
priority in lowenng the booms is to safely get the operator
out of the platform. Manually lowering the booms is
accomphshed by adjusting the holding valve in the lift
cyhnder.
jlwarnlng
rt the unit loses hyaraulic power with a heavy load on
the wtnch ove the load before manually
e load is not removed, overload-
., coufd occur. This may result
dior property damage.
J l caution
there is s.ufficient clearance around the
!Ce SUTe
oe!ore moving the booms. lnsufficient clearance
t
m.ay cause personaJ injury andlor property damage.
1
ae4o·e owenng the boons, rota~e the booms so that
ey are above the boom rest.
2. lf there is a load on the wmch fine, determme if the
load is heavy enough to cause the derrick to become
overloaded or unstable when the booms are low-
ered. lf there is reason to believe the derrick will be
unstable, remove the load with another piece of
heavy equipment.
3. Locate the manual override control handle for the
boom function on the boom functions valve (refer to
Figure 7.1 ). When facing the valve, it is the second
handle from the bottom. Have a person hold this
manual override control handle in the Lower position.
Shift the handle right (while facing the valve) to move
it to the Lower position. ·
4. Locate the counterbalance valve in the base end of
the lift cylinder. Figure 7.7 illustrates the location of
the counterbalance valve. To open the valve, loasen
the jam nut on the counterbalance valve. Slowly tum
the adjusting set screw clockwise. Tum the set screw
slowly until the booms begin to move downward. The
booms will continua to move downward until the
counterbalance valve is closed or the booms reach
the boom stow bracket. The counterbalance valve
may be closed by tuming the adjusting set screw
counterclockwise.
Section 7- Emergency Operation • ; ;
 ¡___J
:~J
Figure 7.7- Emergency Lowering Counterbalance Valve Location
Jloanger
Extreme care should be taken when tuming the
counterbalance valve adjusting screw. As the ad-
justing screw is tumed, the lower boom will begln to
lower. The rate of movement will increase as the
boom is lowered.
The rate of movement can be adjusted by how far the
counterbaJance vatve adjusting screw is tumed after
movement of the tower boom starts.
When adjusting the counterbalance valve, allow an
exit path from the area around the lower boom as it
begins to move downward.
5. When the booms are completely stowed, it will be
necessary to replace or properly reset the counter-
balance valve in the lift cylinder.
Jloanger
All counterbalance valves that were adjusted open
must be replaced or reset to their proper relief setting
using an Altee test block before the unit is operated.
Manually Raising the Outriggers
The outriggers may be manually raised by performing the
follow~ng procedure.
72 • Secüon 7- Emergency Operation
Jlcaution
Failure to properly stow the unit can result in prop-
erty damage.
1. Stow the booms.
2. lf the equipment is available, raise the vehicle to
remove the load from the outrigger leg.
3. Locate the two pilot operated check valves installed
nearthe base end ofthe cylinder (referto Figure 7 .8).
One of the check valves has a screw with a 3A&" hex
head in the top ofthe cartridge. Use a ~&" hex wrench
and tum the screw in (clockwise) until the cylinder
begins to retract. Control the speed of cylinder re-
traction using the hex screw.
4. When there is no vehicle weight on the outrigger, lift
the outrigger leg with a come-along or a pry bar.
Block up the outrigger shoe at intervals if lifting in
successive steps with a pry bar. Use the come-along
to completely retract the extended outrigger leg.
5. Secure the outrigger legs in the stowed position until
the hydraulic system is again operational.
6. Tu m the %s" hex head screw out (counterclockwise)
to clase the check valve befare again using the
outrigger.
11.()()
 nww Pilot Operated
Check Valves
Base End

~
Pilot Operated Heavy Outy A-Frame
Check Valve Outrigger

Base End

Radial Outrigger

Figure 7.8- Outrigger Pilot Operated Check Va/ve Location

'

11.00 Section 7- Emergency Operation • 73

7~ • Sectio.1 7 - érryergency Operation 11.00
 Section 8 - Troubleshootlng
Circuit Breakers
Circuit breakers protect certain electñcal circuits on lhe
derrick. When a particular electrical circult is overtoaded,
the breaker for that circuit will trip.
Two types of circuit breakers are u sed on the derrick. One
type is a thermal self-resetting circuit breaker. The other
type is a manual-resetting circuit breaker.
Thermal Self-Resetting Circult Breakers
The derrick has a circuit breaker in lhe main powersupply
running from the battery to the lower control panel. 1t also
is equipped with an electric two speed throttle circuit,
which has a circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are
located in the power module box. The power module box
is located in the vehicle cab. The breaker is the thermal
self-resetting type.
lf the circuit breaker for the m ain power supply trips open,
all functions above rotation will stop working. Also, the
lower control panellights will be dead. The breaker will
reset within a few minutes if the cause of the electrical
overload is removed. lf the breaker continuas to trip and
the cause cannot be determinad. use the manual con-
trols to stow the unit. Section 7 under Manual Operation
of Boom Functions and Oigger/Winch Valves describes
how to use the derrick's manual controls. Take the unit
out of service until the problem is corrected.
Manuai-Resetting Circuit Breakers
The lower controls will have two or three toggle switches
for circuit breakers. These are located to the right of the
controls switch. as shown in Figure 8.1. The number of
circuit breaker switches on the control panel depends
upon the options provided on the unit.
The circuit breakers on the lower control panel are a
rnanual-resetting type. Each breaker may be reset by
tuming the switch to the On position. Each electrical
circuit that is protected by one of these breakers is
described in the following paragraphs.
o o
Dr____ o o
Figure 8.1 - Lower Control Panel
12·95
The left breaker (when facing the lower control panel)
protects the boom tunctions blocking valve and the
power package sense signa! vatve. There is no manual
override for this breaker if it will not stay reset.
The middle circuit breaker on the lower control panel
protects all the functions on the lower control panel and
the HOP circuits when the controls switch is in the Lower
position.
lf the middle circuit breaker continues to trip and the
cause of the overload cannot be determinad, use the
manual controls to stow the derrick. Section 7 under
Manual Operation of the Boom Functions and Digger/
Winch Valves describes how todo this. Take the unit out
of service until the problem is corrected.
The ñght breaker protects the upper controls, platform
tools, and HOP circuits when the controls switch is in the
Upper position.
lf the right circuit breakercontinues to trip when it is reset,
use the lower controls to bñng the platform to the
ground.
Pilot Valves and Hand Controllers
lf one direction of a major functlon stops working, the
problem may be in the hydraulic or electrical portian of the
system. The boom, rotation, intermediate and upper
boom, digger. and winch functions are considerad major
functions.
The two procedures in this section allow a function to be
temporarily restored. This will allowthe unit to be stowed.
The unit should then be transportad back to a service
facility for permanent repairs.
1. Remove the side covers from the tumtable.
2. Open the boom tunctions blocking valve by operat-
ing a lower hand controller for an operating function.
o o o !11111-.:. o.,,., ........ ~ o
V _u u
'
Section 8 - Troubleshooting • 75
 Tl1"""' r,g e d ;ger speed s-N"tcn to High will also hamess connectors for the faulty function. Oiscon·
ope,.. ''lE boom ~~¡JQns boc ng valve. nect the pilot valve for the faulty function from the
electricaJ hamess.
3. Use ~::ture 8.2 :o ~e e pilot vatve for the
chsa.b ea Ul1CbCYl '"'"he-e a re p1acards attached to the Function Label Wlre Color
s10e o• ~ • r:-aao:e near the boom functions and Boom Raise BR Yellow
d gge" -a. es. ""he placards identify the pilot Boom Lower B Red/Yellow
vaiYe coru ec:K>ros ~e labels on the placards are Rotate Right RR Green
identified - =-;.. -e 8.4.
Rotate Left R Red/Green
PI LOT VAL VE lnterrnediate Boom Retract 2R Blue
CONNECT IONS lnterrnediate Boom Extend 2 Gray
Upper Boom Retract 3R Brown

::::::::>--..:.........;_~ DO Upper Boom Extend 3 Tan

'--;::::,___ ___;,.;,~ WR Winch Raise WR Orange
w
6-
Figure 8.2- Pllot Valve Placards
Winch Lower
Oigger Oig
Digger Clean
Figure8.4 -
DO
o
White
Pink
Violet

Eiectricsl Harness Wirlng ldentification

4 . As shown in Figure 8.3, each pilot valve has two
e ectncal wires connected to the electrical hamess
by a two pin connector. Each hamess connector
attached to a pilot valve cartridge connector is la-
oe ed. The label identifies the pilot valve cartridge
connected to that hamess connector. The label is
ound next to the connector on the electrical hamess.
The 1a0e 11a.s abbreviations to identify the functions.
- e ectnca namess wire colors are also given to
·...e "la"l8SS connectors i1 the labels are
.........~....
_ ...se '"le chart in Figure 8.4 to identify the
5. Locate the two pin connectors for the pilot valve of a
working function. For example, if the boom lower
function is working, look for the connectors labeled
B. Unplug the two pin connector.
6. Plug the two pin hamess connector of the working
function into the pilot valve connector of the disabled
function. The hand controller for this function will
become the alternate hand controllerforthe disabled
function.

Boom Functions Valve

Figure 8.3 - Side View of Turntable

76 • Sect.Jon 8 - Troubleshooting 12·95

 lf the unit is not equipped with a digger, and the winch
is the function that is disabled, an extra step is
required. The pilot valva leads for the winch function
are not long enough to be connected to an open
hamess connection. To make the connection, two
jumper wires will be needed. Notice that the two pins
on all the plastic connectors are labeled A and B. To
connect one pilot vatve lead to an open hamess
connection, use one jumper wire to connect pin A of
the operable function to pin A of the inoperable
function. Use a second wire to connect pin B of the
operable function to pin B of the inoperable func-
tion. Figure 8.5 iltustrates the connections.
B tion 8 under Manual Operation the Boom Functions
7. Attempt to operate the function with the ane~=
hand controller. lf the disabled function W. l\O'fl
operate, the problem is likely in the electrica oc- .x;
of the function (possibly the hand controller}. Gc ·..:
Step 8. lf the function will not operate, go to Step !;.
8. Use the altemate hand controller to stow the unrt
Retum the pilot valve electrical wires to the correct
connectlons at the hamess. Take the unit out of
service until the problem is corrected.
9. lf the disabled function will not operate with an
aJtemate hand controller, then the electrical portian
of the valve (possibly the pilot valve) is faulty. Retum
the pilot valve electrical wires to their original con·
nections at the hamess. Use the manual override
controls to operate the faulty function (refer to Sec-
and Digger/Winch Valvas). Stow the unit. Take the
unit out of service until the problem is corrected.

lf one majorfunction drifts while another is operating, the

valve spool is not centering. Use the following procedure
to stop the drifting function.
Figure 8.5- Jumper Wires
1. locate the manual override control handle for the
function that is drifting (refer to Figure 8.6).

Digger/Winch Valve
Manual Override Control Handles

Dig - Digger-- Clean

l ower - - Winch - - Raise

(Move In) (Move Out)

Boom Functions Valve

Manual Overrioe Controt Ha.roales

Retract-

Raise-- Boom-- Lower

Right-- Rotation --Left

Figure 8.6- Digger/Winch and Boom Functions Va/ves

12·95 Section 8 - Troubleshooting • 77
 2. Have a person hold the manual override control
To tAOCoc)no-ocl'iiOa LTo !ll.P RIHC
handle in the neutral (centered) position while the Slip Ring
unit is stowed. T errninal Block • F IL TER SWITCH •
for Riding Seat
3. Take the unit out of serv;ce until the problem is Option • F IL TER SWITCH •
BOOM BLOCKING •
corrected. • VAL VE
• JGNITION •
Outrigger Blocking Valve • START •
lf the lower tools c1rcuit and outriggers will not operate, • TACH• •
the problem may be a faulty outrigger blocking valve.
When the outnggers and toolslmachine selector switch
• TACH - •
at the rear of the vehicle is in the Outriggers and Tools . -• - •
+ lZV
--- --
position. the outrigger blocking valve is open. When the • SELECTOR SWITCH
outrigger blocking valve opens, hydraulic oil flow is THROTTL~
-• - - - RELA
- -Y -•
d rected to the outriggerAools vaJve. lf the outrigger
l:>lockll"g val ve does not open properly. the outriggers and
too s e rcUit will not operate. ~ SELECTOR_SWITC~
• OIR BLOCr< VAL VE
t
Use the following procedure to temporarily restare op- Lower Control Panel Terminal Strip for Riding Seat Option
erauon. This will allow the outriggers to be raised. The

1e•a~••••n:11
unít should then be transportad back to a service facility
for permanent repairs.

The following supplies are necessary to complete this Standard Lower Control Panel Terminal Strip

IMIMR~H•••I
procedure.

• Jumper wire

• 12 volt power source- A 12 volt terminal is located Figure 8.7-

on the lowercontrot panel terminal strip. The terminal
strip is mounted on the back or side of the lower
control panel. lf the unit is equipped with a riding seat.
a 12 vott terminal is also tocated on the slip ring (refer
to Figure 8.7).
1. Locate the outrigger blocking valve inside the pedes-
tal (refer to Figure 8 .8 ). There are two wires con-
nected to the outrigger blocking valve. One is the
ground wire. The other wire is providing electrical
power. Figure 8.8 also identifies the two wires. Lo-
cate the electrical wire providing the power to the
s.~e..,oid Use a jumper wire to connect a 12 volt
:- ~ e- source to this electrical wire.
--=-~=· :o operate the outñggers. lf the outriggers
-::.:e .~ outrigger blocking valve is now open.
Sleo 3 lf the outriggers do not operate, tollow
-:'"Ollgh 6.
_ c.,.<tr-gger control handles to raise the
:::::::~;=:s. -e;;ove the ¡umper wire from the outrig-
'3. e Take the derrick out of service
=-- .s corrected.
Terminal Strips and Slip Ring Fuse Block Placards
4. Remove the jumper wire from the outrigger blocking
valve. Shut off the engine and disengage the PTO.
Release any pressure t>uilt up in the hoses con-
nected to the outrigger blocking valve. This may be
done by moving the outrigger control handle in both
directions for severa! seconds.
Acaution
Failure to remove pressure before loosening a v alve
cartridge from its housing wlll cause oil to spray out
under pressure as the connection is loosened. Hy-
draulic oil escaping under pressure can have enou gh
force to inject oil into the flesh.
In case of injury by escaping hydraulic oll, seek
m edica! attention at once. Serious infection or reac-
tion can result lf medica! treatment is not given
i mmediately.
Keep the unit and work areas e lean. Spilled hydrau lic
oil creates s lick s urfaces and may cause per sonn el
to slip and/or fall.

78 • Sectl0'1 B- Troubleshooting 12-95

 B A
Boom Functions Blocking
Valve Cartridge and Soteno·d
Electrical Power Wires
Figure 8.8 - Outrigger and Boom Functions 8 /ocking Va/ves
5. The outrigger blocking valve must be hydraulically
bypassed. Remove the solenoid for the outrigger
blocking valve from the valve hous1ng. Remove the
blocking valve cartridge from the valve housing (refer
to Figure 8.8).
6 . Instan a -12 SAE 0-ring plug in the open port of the
valve housing where the blocking valve cartridge
was located.
7 . Tum on the engine and engage the PTO. Operate
the outrigger control handles to raise the outriggers.
Operate the outriggers slowly and cautiously. Take
the unit out of service until the problem is corrected.
8 . A new outrigger blocking valve cartridge needs to be
installed in the val ve housing. Todo this, release the
pressure built up in the hydraulic lines as described
in Step 4. Remove the plug in the valve housing.
lnstall the outrigger blocking valve. Torque the valve
cartridge to 35 foot-pounds. lnstall the solenoid in the
valve housing in the same orientation it was befo re ít
was removed. Torque the solenoid mounting nut to
five foot-pounds.
12-95
T
S
O...:ngger Blocking Valve
ca--.,age and Solenoid
Boom Functions Blocking Valve
lf no functions above rotation will operate, the problem
may be a faulty boom functions blocking valve. When-
ever a function other than lower tools or outriggers
operates, the boom functions blocking valve should
open. When the blocking valve opens, hydraulic oil flow
1s directed to the boom functions valve. lf the blocking
valve does not open properly, no functions above rotation
will operate.
lf no functions above rotation operates, use the following
procedure to temporarily restare operation. This will
allow the unít to be stowed. The unit should then be
transportad back to a service facility for permanent
repairs.
1. lf the lower control panellights are dead, the problem
may be a tripped circuit breaker. Refer to Circuit
Breakers in this section.
2. lf the lower control lights are on, determine if the
boom functions blocking valve will open electrically.
Remove the nuts from the mounting bolts on the back
of the lower control panel. Pull the control panel away
from its mounting posrtion enough to access the
terminal strip for the lower control panel. lt is located
Section 8 - Troub/eshooting • 79
 on the back or side of the pane Do 'lCt let the control
panel hang from the e ectnca cable. Figure 8.7
i lustrates the tel"""'l.".a ~os.
3. Move tne eao "E at •...e c .rnp valve terminal to the
12 vo ter'!" 'la. S 1 and cautiously attempt to
operare a 'l.lJlCOOCL , . ~ function operates, the boom
functons bloc:X~g ~e is now open. Go to Step 4 .
lf no functio.'lS aoove rotation operates, follow Steps
6throcg 9.
4 . StO\*f "'e unrt with the lower controls. Retum the lead
wue ~o tne dump valve terminal. Take the unit out of
sel'VI'Ce untJl the problem 1s corrected.
5 Remove the lead wire to the dump valve terminal.
Shut off the engine and disengage the PTO. Release
any pressure built up in the hoses connected to the
boom tunctions blocking valve. This may be done by
moving a boom function manual override control
ha ndle (refer to Figure 8.6) in both directions for
severa! seconds.
Acautlon
FaJiure to remove pressure before loosening a valve
cartridge from its houslng will cause oll to spray out
under pressure as the connection is loosened. Hy·
draulic oil escaping under pressure can have enough
force to inject oil into the flesh.
In case of injury by escaping hydraulic oll, seek
medical attention at once. Serlous lnfection or reac-
tion can result lf medica! treatment is not given
immediately.
Keep the unlt and work areas clean. Spilled hydraulic
o il creates slick surfaces and may cause personnel
to slip andlor fall.
6. The boom functions blocking valve must be hydrau-
lically bypassed. Remove the solenoid for the boom
functions blocking valve trom the vatve housing.
Remove the boom functions blocking valva cartridge
trom the valve housing (refer to Figure 8.8).
7. Instan a -12 SAE 0-ring plug in the open port ot the
vatve housing where the blocking valve cartridge
was located.
8 Tum on the engine and engage the PTO. Use the
manual override control handles on the boom func-
UOns and digger/winch valves to stow the unit (refer
to ;:::;gure 8.6). The functions should be operated
al1d cautiously. Only use the manual override
-~-• tt.a,,,d esto stow the unit. Do not use them to
BtJ • .5ect.bn E - lrc...lbfesnooting
operate the unit for normal operabon. Take tlle urut
out of service until the problem as corrected.
9. A new boom tunctions blocking valve cartridge needs
to be installed in the valve housing. To do th•s.
release the pressure in the hydraulic lines as de-
scribed in Step 5. Remove the plug in the valve
housing. lnstall the boom functions blocking valve.
Torque the valve cartridge to 35 foot-pounds. Instan
the solenoid in the valve cartridge in the same
orientation it was before it was removed. Torque the
solenoid mounting nut to tive foot-pounds.
Hydraulic Overload Protection (HOP)
The functions that are temporarily shut off by the HOP
system are the boom lower. intermediate and upper
boom extend, winch raise, and digger dig functions. lf
these functions stop working, but the opposite direction
of each function operates, the HOP system is engaged.
There are several possible causes for this. Use the
following procedure to determine the cause and restore
operation.
1. Make sure the derrick is not overtoaded. Look at the
load indicator gauge at the lower control panel (refer
to Figure 8 .9). lf the needle reads above the mark
labeled HOP, the HOP system is engaged. Remove
the overtoad from the derrick. Once the overtoad is
removed, the functions will be operational. Section 6
under Hydraulic Overtoad Protection (HOP) fully
describes this system. lt the derrick is not over-
loaded, go to Step 2.
Figure 8.9- L011d lndicator Gauge
2. Check the plungers for the auger stow and boom
stow switches. The plungerforthe auger stow switch
is located in the auger stow bracket. The plunger for
the boom stowage switch is located in the boom stow
bracket on the bottom of the lower boom. Make su re
that neither switch is stuck in the actuated position.
Once both plungers are released, the functions will
be operational. lf both plungers are not actuated, go
to Step 3.
1245
 3. There may be a fault in the HOP pressure switch,
boom stow switch, or auger stow switch. Also, there
may be a fault in one of cables leading to these
switches. To check this, isolate the source of tt"le
trouble. Remove the cover from the left s•de ot tne
tumtable as viewed from the boom tip. Loca;e ~he
¡unction box above the boom functlons vaNe re·er ·o
Figure 8 .3).
4 . Locate the short termma bioc~ ()('1 tne slde of me
junction box (refer to F1gure 8.1O . - ne \W es for the
switches described in Step 3 are 5, 6, and 7 on the
terminal block. Unplug the WJres, one at a time, until
operation is restored. A ny wire that d id not restare
operation should be reconnected.
Sequential Boom Extension
lf the ~nte rmediate boom will not operate when the upper
control handle labeled Ext'n is shifted in the Retract
pos1ion n LS possible the sequentiaJ boom extension is
OLJ~ 0: sequence.
-"'C L."':)ot)e· oor~~ pane\ h as a sing\e ex\ens1on con\ro\
-.a.-.c. a oeea-se ·~e "ltermediate and upper booms oper-
a:: 5 ac'---a . ""::~ .... • e upper controls. The term se-
:J_e.... - rne.a..-.s -~ oer boom will extend fully befare
tne. -:e~ .a::: ooo.r beg ns to extend. In the retract
d "ec:JC- ·-s - -=~..a:.e boom will retract fully befare
lJ"'e VD:Je' coc-- oe: ns ·.:: ~=.-act

5. lf operation was restored by unplugging the boom J lAttentlon

stow switch (7) or auger stow switch (5), the unit may
be retumed to service temporarily so the job may be
finished. However, use extreme caution when stow-
ing the boom or auger to avoid damaging the unit.
Have the problem repaired permanently before the
unit is taken out on another job.
jlAttention
Use extreme caution when operating a derrick w ith a
disconnected auger stow switch or boom stowswitch.
The unit is unprotected from overloading when stow-
ing the booms or auger. Failure to use extreme
cau1ion may result in damage to the unil
lf operation is resto red by unplugging the HOP switch (6),
stow the unit. Take it out of serv1ce until the problem is
corrected.
jlAttention
Do not operate the unit with the HOP system discon-
nected. The unit is unprotected from overloading.
Severe structural damage could result.
For the sequential boo"' extens•on to operate prop-
erly, the intermediate boom ust be fully retracted
before the eontrols switch on tne lower control panel
is pu1 in the Upper position.
lf the intermediare boom LS er-e oec a t any length befo re
the control switch is put 1n tne L :l:Je.. pas;bon, the booms
will not retract sequentiallyfrom l "'e uoper controls . lf this
problem occurs, one of two tn•r¡gs rtay be done to salve
the problem. M ove the control switcn on the lower control
panel to the Lower position and retract the intermediate
boom trom the lower controls. The other alternativa is to
extend the upper boom fully. Either action will restare
boom sequencing and allow the booms to operate prop-
erly from the upper controls.
This problem has no affect on the extend function. The
boom will extend sequentially if the intermediate boom is
extended at any length before the booms are operated
from the upper controls.

5 6 7 18
.,1 2., .,3 4., 9 10 1 111 2 13 14
::0
~~ ~ !2 m
~~
I'\IIJ)~

o~~
Q Q Q Q
o
~ r-
(") CD .....
~~
~

"
m o
z m ~
>
,..
(") ~~ ~
)>
~~
m POt.E GU1DE
lt-HERLOCX
l
~ 1

-l· •z•· : _- -
ªí
o
:C::o
....
-1 ~ s-er ~
' Ul - .. e :: 'F
< S:: (1>0 ~~ ~~
- :o.:.\J : ·crwp..
>> :z: -
- - el z o
~~
(") ,....
r- - 1t..!X: SiQ ,., ;',vi
<:Z
:::: ~ ~~ ~o
-~
m

aC) ~~
::0
(1>(')
S
~ r- - ~
::0
::o ::o - - G :o p,
o"'
¡E- :;;¡
~" "~
IJ)
- ¡SOOtJ STOW ....¡

Figure 8. 1O- Junction Box Plscard

12·95 Section 8 - Troubleshooting • 81
 : ;.; ed by a failure or malfunction in the engine or hydraulic system. The chart
~:=:;a::;¡~ Qd:f~· s::::::.;.:5::~..s ..-- typ1cal symptoms and troubleshooting procedures. The procedures for
- : :.s:;..:ssed under Emergency Operation. The solutions under Emergency Operation
t:Jtti::s':O::fr:¡o;= e;-~- a.: ,.,¡e1ded to allow the operator to stow the uni1. The unlt can then be transported

=~le cause Corrective Action

S."91'1e or pump failura. Connect to an auxiliary powar sourca and stow tha
darrick (refer to Saction 7 undar Auxiliary Power
Sources).

Stow the derrick without hydraulic power (rafer to

Section 7 under Manually Stowing the Unit).

,_az.á: ~eak. Failure of hose, tube, fitting, seal, etc. Stow tha derrick without hydraulic powar (rafar to
Section 7 under Manually Stowing the Unit).

Boom functions blocking valve malfunc- Apply 12 volts to tha boom functions blocking valva
tion. lead. lf the blocking valve doesn't open, bypass it
hydraulically. In either case, stow the derrick with the
lower controls (refer to Section 8 under Boom Functlons
Blocking Valve and Section 7 under Oparation From
Other Controls).

funct10ns stop Main power supply circuit breaker is The circuit breaker is the thennal type and will salf reset
woñwlg. Lower tripped. upon cooting (refer to Section 8 undar Circuit Breakers).
::or-trol panel hghts
are dead. lf the circuit breaker continues to trip after rasetting,
stow tha derrick with manual override control handles
(refer to Section 7 under Manual Operation of Boom
Functions and Digger/Winch Valves).

Electrical system failure. Stow the derrick with the manual override control
handles (refer to Section 7 under Manual Operation of
Boom Functions and Digger/Winch Valves).

One maJor function, Hand controller or pilot valve malfunction. Switch the pilot valva leads at the elactrical hamess to
fboom rotatlon, use an altemate controller (refer to Section 8 under
1rttermed•ate boom or Pilot Valves and Hand ControUers). lf the function is
upper boom, digger or operable, stow the darrick with the lower controls (refer
WJnch) stops working. to Section 7 under Operation from Other Controls). lf
the trouble stays with the original function, use the
manual override control handle to stow the derrick
(refer to Section 7 under Manual Operation of Boom
Functions and Digger/Winch Valves).

Outnggers and Outrigger blocking valve malfunction. Apply 12 volts to outrigger blocking valve lead. lf the
ground leve! tools do blocking valve dol&sn't open, bypass it hydraulically. In
not work with selector either case, stow the derrick with the lower controls
switch in Outngger (refer to Section 8 under Outrigger Blocking Valve and
and T ools position. Section 7 under Operation From Othar Controls).

One major function Faulty pilo! valve. Have ground personnel hold the manual override
dnfts with controller in control handle in the neutral position while the derrdc is
neutral. stowed (refer to Section 8 under Pilot Valves and Hand
Controllers).

Boom lower, intenne- Faulty boom stow switch, auger stow Disconnect the appropriata switch at the junction box
d~ate and upper switch, HOP pressure switch, or cable and stow the derrick. Refer to Section 8 unde• f-<tcra;.;-
boom extend, digger leading to one of these switches. lic Over1oad Protection (HOP).
OIQ and winch raíse
all stop operating.
Booms are not
011er108ded Boom
stow and auger stow
swrtches are released.
82 • Sectton 8 - Troubleshooting 12-95
Symptom Posslble Cause Corrective Action

All lower control panel Circuit breaker second from left on
hand controllers and lower control panel is tnpped.
two speed digger shift
stop working.
Left crrcurt breaker on lov.er contml
panel is tnpped.
Auger release, pole Crrcuit breaker second from left on
guide, and platform lower control panel is tripped.
tools all stop working.
Left circuit breaker on lower control
panel is tripped.
Upper control panel Right circuit breaker on lower control
stops wori<ing. panel is tripped.
Reset the circuit breaker {refer to Section 8 under
Crrcurt Breakers). 1t the circuit breaker continuas to trip,
no manual override is available.
Reset tne crrcult breaker (refer lo Section 8 under
O"CUUt Breakers). lf the circuit breaker continuas to trip,
s:ov- ""e demc« with the manual override control
ha."'ClieS re'er to SectJon 7 under Manual Operation of
8oor'-> F~ and Digger/Winch Valves).
=ese· ·~ a-::c:: breaker (refer to Section 8 under
Cnt:u • S~saJo.ers). • L'le circuit breaker continuas to trip,
'lO .-.a.,~ 0\'er:De .s a-mable.
Reset:.... o,-::c;¡ :>::aAE" -e e• to Section 8 under
Ctrcu:o; a~:-sl. - .::~::::u;t breaker continuas to trip,
S:OY. I."'E ae~ ,. ~ -"'"';..Bt override control
hanct.es re er ~ Sec:.c- - --cer Manual Operation of
Boom FUJlC1JORS a.""C J,ogoge ·.·"f nch Valvas).
Reset t.he arcun !:lr'eat •·. • -.e em::t:it breaker continuas
to tnp. use the towe~ ~ ro omg the platform to the
ground (refer lo Sect:o.- ¡ _-noe• Ooeration From Other
Controls).

Upper controls electrical system failure. Use the lower con~ te :;~ ...-e Oj.atform to the
ground (refer to Sectxr 7 -"'Xle~ O:Je~ From Other
Controls).

lntermediate boom lntermediate boom was partiaUy Put the controls switch or t-e ~..rer control panel in the
will not operate when extended from lower controls before Lower position. Retract tne -:e~&ate boom from the
extend control handle controls switch on lower panel was put lower control panel (refer to Secbon 8 under Sequential
is operated from in the upper position. Boom Extension).
upper controls.

12·95 Section 8- Troubleshooting •83

 12·95
84 • Section B - Troubleshooting
 Sectlon 9 -
The observation and correction of minor maintenance
problems, as they occur, may prevent costly repatrs,
lengthy downtime and improve safety.
A n alert operator can contribute to the proper care ot tne
unit. The guidelines in this sectJon a."e to~ hya-a
system, fiberglass, mechanicaJ and structual up~.
For a complete description of ma.ntena"lee proceo res,
refer to the Maintenance Manua
At no time should an Altee demcK be alterad or modifted
without specific written approval from Altee Industries,
lnc.
Hydraulic System
The condition of the hydraulíc oil is a major factor in
obtaining long lite and trouble-free service from the
hydraulic system components. The oil temperatura, oil
level and oil cleanliness must be property maintained.
Refer to the Maintenance Manual for complete guide-
lines concem ing hydraulic oil maintenance.
The mínimum temperatura at which oil will flow to the
pump varias with the type of oil in the reservoir. The
Maintenance Manual recommends hydraulic oil for vari-
ous temperatura conditions. Regardless of the hydraulic
oil usad, improper cold weathe r start-up can quici<Jy
d amage the pump. Always allow the oil to warm up befo re
running the engine or pump at high speed. Section 4
under Cold Weather Start-Up describes this procedure.
JlAttention
Do not p ut the unit in service and run the pump at
n ormal operatlng speeds untll the hydraullc oll res-
ervolr feels warm t o the touch.
The maximum temperatura that the hydraulic system can
operate at depends upon the hydraulic oil being used. Do
not allow cold weather oil to exceed 160 degrees Fahr-
enheit a nd warm weather o il to exceed 200 degrees
Fahrenheit.
.
lf overheating occurs during normal use. idenbfy tite
cause and have it corrected immediately. Possi>e causes
of overheating may be a wom pump or 'CW reser.-c rO'
level. lmproper hydraulic oil, excesstve erg.ne.~
speed, or other detective hydraulic components may
also cause overheating.
lmmediately report any unusual hydrau~rc syst em noise
ob servad d uring operation so that the cause can be
determinad and corrected.
12-95
Care o f t he Unlt
lf the un t has a noisy pump, do not operate it until the
problem IS determinad and corrected. Excessive pump
llOISe ca"'l incficate a variety of problems, such as a loose
or ea.JC:'lg sud:ion line, a partially closed suction fine
sl'\lre.~ \l'aj e, wom seals in the pump, low oil level, or cold
o l~ the pump has such a problem and is
- f ooe-ated, serious pump damage could occur.
e "'e 0: 'lE ;e hydrauJic reservoir daily. When
Cf'eC :'lg :=líe o eve tne vehicle should be on level
grou-"ld, boons s·o'l\ed and all other cylinders retractad.
The o le re i.ISl be be:-Neen the Add and Full marks on
the F e· ccm a~ o. m.JSt be added, use oil of the
prope~ tyPe as oesc...oeo n "'e Maintenance Manual.
Jl.waming
Only use hydraunc olla as recommended. Other
flulds added to the hydrauJic system may increase
component wear, atter the lubricating characteris-
tics of the oll, or may destroy the lnsulating capabll-
lty of the flberglass upper boom.
A cold o iVchange filter light is located on the lower control
panel. This light alerts the operator when the retum fine
filter cartridge needs to be replaced or when the hydraulic
oil is cold. lf the oil is warm and the light continuas to be
on, the retum line filter cartridge needs to be replaced.
Report the need of a cartridge replacement to the proper
personnel. Replacing the retum line filter is described in
the Maintenance Manual.
Units with a riding seat have a throttle control circuit that
is equipped with a small reservoir. This circuit requires a
lightweight hydraulic oil. The oil should meet military
specification MIL-5606.
JlAttention
T o avold seal damage, only use recommended fluid
In the foot throttie reservolr.
Fiberglass
Kee? me .oerg..ass t.QOe ~ ooom clean to maintain the
~ prooe~es o' the fiberglass. Keep the
f.ber;.ass asa... oy penodx::aJJy washing it with mild
a.e·e--ger ,_ v.-a...., wccer. Do not scratch the boom
sc~a.ce . Re~ r to e Ma tenance Manual for specific
ll'IStn.JaJO"lS on ftoergoass boom repair and maintenance.
lf the unrt lS equ poed with a platform, do not allow it to
contact foced obtects such as potes and trees. Keep the
platform clean by penodically washing it with mild deter-
gent in warm water. Specific instructions for fiberglass
platform repair are given in the Maintenance Manual.
Section 9 - Care of the Unit • 85
Structures and Mechanical Systems
Correct any Joose fasteners. lockwires, pins, pin retain-
ers, etc.• as theyoccur befare serious problems develop.
Report an~ unusuaJ noLSeS observed during operatiOn of
the urut so that the cause can be determinad and corree·
tive action taken.
Proper u:mcat:on on a regular basis, as indicated in the
Mal'ltena nce Manual , will increase the life of the unit and
he p ·o o,..e ... ent tuture maintenance problems. Any
sa..~ea , o· ,erky action of the moving parts on the unit is
an '"'O ca~ on that lubrication is needed immediately.
Reoo,.. any s1gn of lubricant leaking from the gearbox so
tnat · r:'laY be corrected as soon as possible.
jlcaution
Keep the unit and work areas elean. Spilled hydraulic
oil ereates sliek surfaces and may cause personnel
to slip andlor fall.
Av01d shock loads and overtoading. These conditions
can present hazards to the unit and personnel in the
working area. Start and stop all operations as smoothly
as possible. Do not allow debris, tools, etc., to accumu-
late on the unit. The booms must be free to extend and
retract without obstruction.
jlwarning
lnspect the auger windup sling each day before
operating the unit. H a wire rope auger windup sling
shows slgns of wear andlor four or more broken
wires, replaee lt immediately. lf a synthetie auger
windup sling has cut strands andlor externa! wear,
replaee lt lmmediately. A wom auger windup sling
eould fati causing a free swinging auger. A free
swinging auger eould cause death or serious injury.
lnspection of the auger windup sling daily is described in
Section 4 under Daily Preoperational Checks.
When cleaning with high pressure washers or steam
cleaning equipment, do not directly spray the electrical
components or control panels. All electrical connections
are sealed and designed for outside use. However, high
pressure fluids can sometime force their way past the
seals and cause corrosion to start.
At no time should an Altee derrick be altered or modified
without specific written approval from Altee Industries,
lnc.
12·95
Appendix
 Reference ltems
For additional information, the following organizations may be contactad:
• American Public Power Association (Safety Manual for an Electric Utility)
• American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI A 10.31 and A92.2)
• Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
• Fluid Power Society (FPS)
• American Welding Society (AWS)
• Hydraulic Tool Manufacture's Association (HTMA)
• American Society for T esting and Materials (ASTM)

Appendix- Reference ltems

 Glossary
2nd stage boom- see intermedia!& boom.
3rd stage boom - see upper boom.
A·fnlme outrlgger - an extendible outrigger having two diagonal
memberswhichareconnectedatthetopandjoinednearthemidsectlon
by a horizontal cross piece. Resembles a broad based *A. •
above rotatlon - In refenmce to a posíbon on or about a unit that ls
vertically above the rotalion bearing.
absoluta - a measure having as its zero poinl or base the complete
absence of the item being measured.
absoluta pressure- a pressure scale with the zero poini al a perfect
vacuum.
accumulator - a container used to store fluid under pressure as a
source of hydrauhc power or as a means of dampemng pressure
surges.
actuator - a device for converting hydraulic energy lnlo mechamcal
energy, such as a motor or cylinder.
adapter - a devlce used lo connect two parts of different type or
clameter.
adjustlng stud-a componen! of a cable dñve system thal is threaded
on both ends and has a hex Rdjusting flat m the center. lt securas the
dnve cable to the cylinder rod and can be used to adjust the tenslon of
the dñve cable.
aeratlon- the entrapmenl of SJr in hydrau.IC flUid. Excessive aeration
may cause the fluid to appear mllky and componenb to operate
erratically because of the compress1011oty o' me air trapped in the fluid.
aerlal control valve - the control va/ve 'JO the tumtable of an elevator
unit which operates the movement functlons of the aerial device.
aerlal devlce - a vehicle-mounted devloe with a boom assembly
which is extendible, articulatJng. or botn whioch is designad and used to
posltion personnel. The deV!ce may siSo be used to handle material, lf
designad and equlpped for that purpose
A llen wrench- a six-sided wrench that f.!S 1nto the hex socket of a cap
screw or set SCf&W.
American National Standards lnstitut.e (ANSI) - a self-goveming
body of professionals whose pnmary OOJecbVe IS lo preven! accidents
by establishlng reqUJrements for oes.g., manufacture, maintenance,
performance, use and tra1n1ng tor manu!act.Jred goods includ1ng aenal
deviees and digger demcks.
anaerobic adheslve - a bonding agent or adhesiva that cures •n the
absence of a1r.
analog slgnal-an electncal SIQ!\8 tnatcommunicates Informa!Ion by
the conbnuous vanaoon of voU~ge or CUTTent leve! wilh1n a deflned
range, m proporuon toan lllput parame:ef such as pressure or control
lever pos1tJon.
annular area- a nng shaped area Usually refers to the piston area
m~nus ltle cross-sectJOna.l are.a o· U\e rod o1 a hydruafic cylinder.
ANSI- see Amanean Nauona 5-.atldaras lnsbMe.
anti-rotatlon fork - a 1\<.o-pronged reta.ner wh1ch is fastened to the
mside of the tumtable and usea to prevent movement of the rotary )0101
outer houslng. - bearing - a r:-.acn:."'li! ~ thal ís installed between two adjacent
antlfoem additive - an agent addeo lo hydraulic fluid to inhíbit alr
bubbles from form1ng and collecting togetheron the surface olthe fluid.
antiwear addltlve - an agent adOed to hydrauhc OUid to improve the
ability of the fluid lo preven! weaf on mtemal moving parts in the
hydraulic system.
orbor bar- the shaft or sp¡ndle lhat s usad to support a cable reel.
arbor bar collar- a cyhndncal deVIce that •s used to secura a cable
reel on an arbor bar.
arm -1: the primary load-carrying structure of an articulaling arm. 2:
the primary load-carrying strveture of ;:~ s¡ngle e1evator. 3: the articulat-
ing structure which supports the arbor bar tor reellifting.
arm cyllnder- the hydraulic cylinder that moves the arm of a single
elevator up and down.
artlculatlng arm-a system located between the tumtable and lower
boom of an a erial device which is usad tor liflmg the boom assembly to
lncrease the platform worldng height Th1s system includes the arm,
link(s), riser and articulating arm cylinder.
artlculatlng a.rm cylinder - the hydraulic cylinder that moves an
artJc:ulating arm up and down.
9-97
artlculating.-boom urtal devlc:e- en aañal devlce with two or more
boor:; sec:'O'lS that are connected at Joint(s) whlch allow one boom to
po..ot w:+.n respea to the adjacent boom.
ASTM- Arne.ncan Soclety tor Teslíng and Materials.
atmosp~ef'e (one)- a pressure measure equalto 14.7 psi.
atmocpt.rie pnssure - pressure on all objects in the atmosphere
beca use o' it1e ...e.gntof tne surrounding air. Al sea level, about 14.7 psi
absolute.
attention-tnforma!lon that must be followed lo reduce the likelihooo
of property damage. Prooerty damage could include slructural damage
lo the UM. COfT'ponent fa ure. or damage l o nearby property.
auger- the t'ola ~-.» ofthe digger, consisting of a hollowlube
w1th 'la!denec:l ~ee·~ .:aoneo a: one end to dig into and break up son
andlorrock.as Irte e..Jge' 15 ~Severa! tums of flighting are welded
to the tube to c:a-¡ '"e OJSe ,....au:-.c. away from the teeth.
auger extens<On sna..•- a s.-c." ...l11ch fíts into the auger tube to
connec1 tne ~ CX%'0: ~- 110 ;;,e auger.
auger stow bradtet - ~ ~ Of\ a digger derrick lower boom
whrch stores ne c...gger c:.-1C ~ asse""'bly when it is nol in use.
auger stow switch - a • sw::a. ~..:cr 15 actuated by the auger to
shut off d1gger operaban "" tne st7t>'f'g álrecbon when the auger
reaches its fully stowed pos oon IFI t'le a..JQei stow brackeL
auger tube- the hoDCWi tuba at t:;e ce:-• " 'le of an auger to which the
auger flighhng is welded.
auger wlndup sllng - the cable« s::a¡, a::ac.ned to the auger stow
bracket which is used to store tne éi7!f a."''d ;wger.
AWS- American Weldulg Sooa¡
back pressure - pressure elClS::..; • os o.;scharge. flow from an
actuator or hydraulic system lt aoos ro ;;'lE ::~>-essare reqUJred lo operate
an actuator under a g1ven toao
backlash - the clearance at !he ,oa:r, ::om:act point between the
adjacent gear teeth ot two or more - .esr-.,; gears.
baffle-a device. usuallya plata IriS!'" ea r a reservoirtoseparatethe
retum line lnlet from the sudlon ne o ...• €"
bare-hand work- a techmque of oe_..:x- ng hve line maintenance on
energiZad conductors and eqiJI~ "'~~ one.or more au_thorized
persons work directly on an e.nerq:z.ea par ~er haVIng been ra~sed and
bonded lo the energrzed oond...ct~ Of eq..npment.
barrel- the hollow boctr o• a 1':1 -~ cyl•nder rnto which the piston
and rod are assembled
base boom - see Jo.,.. e·~
base end -1: the CIOsan er.c of a :tyarautic cylínder. opposite from tho
end that the rod ext~ mr. 2: t.'"le end of an extendible boom thal IS
closest to the tumtable 3. "'e e.nd oran articulating boom that remains
positioned ctosest to ~ t::r..t.aDie when the boom is fully unfolded.
basket-see pla.:for-
battery charger - a o.,-y,::e used to restore the electrical charge in a
battery.
machina par!S tn a.!OI>- "111Se parts lo rotate or sflde with respect to each
other. Comrnon!y usee ID oecrease friction or wear on components.
behlnd cab mOU"\l- a aedestal mounting posítion localed lmmedi-
ately behii'ICI tr;e vehcle cab on the longitudinal centerllne ot lhe
chassis.
below rotatlon- ., reference to a position on or about a unít that ls
vcrticaUy belo'N 9 -o-..:.00 beanng.
below rotatlon controls - controls that are located on the chassls,
used for operallng sorne or al! of the functions ot the unít.
bleed-otf- to reouc:e the trapped pressure in a hydraulic system, line,
or component, to a uro stale by allowing fluid to escape under con-
trolled condlbons tnroogh a valve or ouUet.
blocklng val ve- a two-positlon, two-way valve that bloc.ks pump flow
lo a hydrauiiC orcuJt or system when it is not actuated, and opens to
allow fluid when aauated.
body - a structure containlng compartments for storage of tools,
materials, andlor othe• payload which is installed on a vehicle trame or
subbase.
body belt- a component in a personal fall arrest system consisting of
a strap which ls secured about lhe waist of a person, with a means for
Appendix- Glossary
attad'llng • toa la:lf&o""C. (~d. .11: !J3J'1r , ,81t,lhe use of a bodY belt
tor persor.aJ arres~ JS oro."''oXX!C ,., 0SH1..
body nam.a- a C~CXT:::.ore't 11 e oe-sonal fa11 arrest system cons~st·
&ng a1 L"'' &SSer."'ti ~ S'::3:liS ~ a:e secured about the w&st. chest.
~ lt.""IC ~~:a =-son. a means for altaching the assem-
blyca ~ tors or optical flbers laid up together. usually by belng twlsted around a
bol1- a :5c:El fzs:.:.-r:e:r e:x1ema1 screw threads at one end and
a he.ad c:::x:!;'.:n::xr. s;x::; ~~- square, or round at the other end,
wtw.::r: c::o:!a:::s t;: ;.e -~ and material specifications pub-
Esneoo b .:xt:¡ -:ese ~ are different from those for cap
ec~:ie. - !iC"lliii''CCl structure that is used to support a
~ components andlor other attachments on a
:.or-a deYice whk:h índicates the angla between
......-:;,..,. a:r'ld a horizontal ptane.
- ~ structures mounted. on th.e boom tlp of a digger
c:s=d: ~ Aed to protect the boom bp from loads and support
¡:::da cz::::.: .:r. :ne winch tine.
t=:::ctlorls va tve - the control valve on a digger derrick lhat
oc pressure and ftow to the boom functions (boom,
~ate boom. upper boom) hydrauUc circuits.
- the horizontal pin tha1 connects !he lower boom to !he
~or ~ser. • cable placer- a type ol aeñal device wtlich contains a cable stringlng
1:1o0c:1 rest-!he structural member at1ached lo the chassis or body to
s;;u;a: - .. IOWer boom 10 the travel or rest position.
~ sto.v switch - a limit switch which is actuated to shut off the
bocr.: _ ..wer function when the boom reaches its stowed posibon in the
0000': "eSS..
tloo::l stow valve- a mechanically actuated hydraulic valve that limits
~ ;::ownward pressure or a boom as it is placad in its rest.
boom tJp -1: the end of an extendible boom that is farthest from the
ttr."':aate 2: the end of an articulating boom lhat becomes positloned
tz.:-nest from the tumtable when the b::>Om is fulty untolded.
ooom tlp idler sheave - the upper sheave in a digger derrid< upper
boom tJp containing two sheaves, which carnes the wmch line as it
.,ves from the wmch to lhe lower sheave (boom tip sheave).
bOOm tlp pln - a horizontal pin al the upper boom tip. Platform
~ ng brad<el(s) and matenal handling devices are fastened to this
~ receiVes motion from such a roller or pin.
boOm t lp sheave - 1: the sheave in a digger dernck upper boom bp
c:oo:a n1ng only one sheave. wh1ch carnes the winch Une as 11 travels
t:or:; me w•nch to the load. 2: the lower sheave in a d•gger demcl< upper
~ bP containing two sheaves. wh1ch carnes the wmch hne as il
n~e s from the upper sheave (boom t•P 1dler sheave) lo the load.
!)Oc).l'o'l bp tools - see upper tool e~rcuit.
ooom bp wlnch - a winch located al the tip of a boom.
~e- tne mside di ame ter of a p1pe, tuba. cylinder barrel, or cylindncal
n.:;.loe -r any of vañous olher components.
ooss- protruding matenal on a pan which adds strenglh, facilitates
asse'T'bly, provides for lastenings, etc.
:~tatte - a device used to slow or stop the rotaban or movement of a
.:omponent such as a rotation gearbox. winch, gravity leveled platform,
oc a."'Of bar
~,..ltler- a device that permits air to move in and out of a container
cr :::r.:ooncnt to maintam attnosphenc pressure.
~ mount-a unít mounting configurallon in which the tumtable is
~ oo a pedestal structure wtlich forms a bridge over !he carg.o
~ cartrldge -1: !he replaceable element of a fluid fi er 2 : tne ~
~d - a high speed telocommunieation system utilizing libar
ex!:!: ~4or C08Xlal cable.
- see platform.
t:;;ci:='"!- see forged pm retainer.
asembly - an assembly of steel rollers used as a portion
-~~ system.
I::IIS:I:::r'l - ~ l1llnimum intemal pressure that will cause a
• ex other hydrauhc or pneumatic component to
-
ooer:
o1 h";.~ ot cap screw with a rounded head conta1ning a
e tJo. can be 1nsened to tu m the cap screw
bypass- a secondary passage for fluid ftow.
bypass val ve- a hydraulíc valve thal allows for an altemale passage
for fluid ftow.
cable - 1: a wire or wlre rope by which force ls exerted to control ex
operate a mechanlsm.2: anassemblyoftwo or more electrical conduc-
central axis andlor by being enclosed within an outer cover1ng.
cab le chute - a device u sed to gulde cable into strand for lashing the
cable to the strand when placing cable. A trolley allows the device to
nde on the strand as cable is fed through the chute.
cable drlve system- an upper boom dnve rnechanism which utilizas
cables to produce upper boom movemenL
cable gulde - a bracket which is mounted on a boom lo guide the
winch line.
cable keeper - 1: a mechanical device attached toa cable lhat is used
to maintain the position of !he cable on a sheave.2; a componen! used
to prevent a cable or winch líne from comlng off a sheave.
cable tasher - a mechanical devlce which wraps lashing wire in a
spiral configuration around a length of suspension strand and adjacent
oommunication cable.
cable lug - a mechamcal devlce attached to a cable that is used to
maintam the position of !he cable on a sheave.
system and associated components for use in erecting ovemead
communication cable.
cable slug -!he steel end fitting at each end of the dñve cable in an
upper boom dñve system. One end ls attached lo the cyfmder rod and
!he olher is secured in a pod<et on the outer pivot sheave.
cable strl nglng system - the group of steel rollers, bull wheel
assemblies, strand sheave assemblies and fair1ead whlch dlrects
communication cable or suspension strand from !he reel it is stored on
to !he wor1<ing position ol lhe operator.
callbrate - lo check. adjust. or determine by measurement in oompari-
son with a standard, the propervalue of ea eh seale reading or sett•ng on
a meter or other device.
callper - a measunng instrument with two legs or jaws that can be
adJUSted to determine the distanoe between two surfaces.
cam-a rotalíng or slidmg piece that impans motion toa roller moving
against rts edge or to a pin free to move In a groove on its lace or that
candling- a melhod of inspectmg filament wound flberglass booms
by slowly passing a light through !he inside of !he boom in a dalkenec
area. Cracl<s. crazing, and other damage show up a.s dark spots or
shadows.
cap - a device located on the hand of a reellifter that •s used to reta.r;
!he arbor bar.
cap end - see base end.
cap screw- a cylindñcal fastener Wlth extemat screw threads at 01"\9
end and a head configuration such as hexagonal, hex sodcet .a:
countersunk, round, or slotted atlhe other end, which conforms to tre
dimensional and matenal specificabons published for cap screws
capacltlve coupllng- the transfer of electñcal energy from one cu·cx
to another through a dielectric gap.
capacity chert - a tabla or graph showlng the load capacity ra!~
capacity. or rated load capacíty figures for a unit or accessory
captlve alr syatem- a closed circuit, low pressure pneumallcsys:em
used to actuate a pressure switch by means of a manualy ope.ra•ec u
plunger.
able pumping unit of a vane pump, oomposed o•tne rotor ""'9 •a.~s
and side plates. 3: A removeable hydraullc valve tnat :s ~a<: ~
place in a cavity in a hydraulic mainifold or cylllóet.
eatrac - see hose carrier.
cautlon - information thal indJCates a poter. -;n 2-=.ocs ~
which, if not avoided. may result 11'1 mnor or -.oól!:-z:E als:l
be used to alert against unsate practleeS
cavltation - the formatioo ot gaseous vo:::s cz::se:
by a low pressure conditlon v. hach 'Vl> occ:zs s:a:-n=c:r.
prevents the pump lrom fillíng come.:. wr:=: :JC
sound ol cavllabon IS a tvgn tr.ttlec s;:r:a;-
~ C:Z.'Z e =-
center mount- see be '1d c;ac, (;'.I(;'.C""
center of gravlty - the pocnt 1n a compooent or a.ssembly around conductor-awlre,c:O, orotherbodyormediumthatlssult2ble fof
whicn its welght is evenly balanced canymg elec:tric current.
centerllne of rotatlon - the verticai&XIS about which the tumtable of constant reslstlvlty monitor-dellice usad to continuousty measu re
a unit rotales. the electrical resistance of t.he wash water in the tank of an lnsutator
centrifuga! pump - a pump in wtliCh motJon a."ld force are applied to washer.
nuld by a rotating impeller wllh•n a ~"'9 contamlnate - to rendar unfrt or to soíl by lntroduction ol toreign or
eN!In - a series of idenbcal ng d ~ c:orneaed to each oltler at unwanted materiaL
joints wh1ch allow each segiTienl to P'VOl 'ili respect to adjacent contlnuous rotatlon - a rotalion system in whlch the tumtable is able
segments, usad to transmt rnedla:r-tcal torce lo rotate an unllmited number of revolutions about ltle centerline of
chaln extenslon system - a """9Cr.a:J~Cai S'."Stem cons~sting of a rotation without restriction.
motor, gearbox, chains, and SI)I'I)C$:etS oat :.:sed to extend and retract control- a device. sueh as a lever or handle. whlch is actuated by the
an extendible upper boom. operator to regulate the dire<:tton and speed of one or more functJons of
chaln sling- an invened "·s."'.a!:leG ~ ~ cnan used for Ufting a
aunl
strand real wlth an aena ce. ce ere :ta.:::o; Wl a strand camer. control statlon - a position where controls for unit operation are
:i:zL.k oomponent that may located. These pos¡llons may lndude the platform, upper boom tip,
,..,........,..,..... -:r ~ sucn as a spring tumtable, pedestal or velvcle tailshelf.
control valve - a dlfaetJona va.ve controlled by an operator, used to
d.imensioncompared control the mobcn or fundion 01 an actuator or system.
cooler - a heat exchar.ger usad to remove heat from the hydraulic
fluid.
comer mount- a pedestal mouotmg oos!tion located behind the rear
axle(s) wlth the centeltlne of rotat.oo IOCated to one sida of the cnassis.
chassls - a ve!'lide o:: corona ring - see gradlenl control devtee.
or a 11-te rra:.n YetiiOe c:ounterbalance valve - a load hold•ng valvo that can be opened lo
• - o.-¡e d1rection, but not allow flow In lhe normalty blocked direction by applying hydrauUc
pressure to a pilo! port, and whlch contams a relief capability lo allow
flow from the blocked direction 11 the blocl<:ed pressure exceeds a certain
value.
cracking pressure- the pressure at whlch a pressure actuated valve,
such as a relief valva. begins lo pass fluid.
crazlng- a network of fine crac:ks on or below the fibergtass surtace.
Crazmg often occurs when the fiberglass is struck wlth a blunt object.
somelimes causing deformation and breakdown of the fiberglass resin.
crosstall< - a form of interference in which one circuit or channej
receíves soma unitentional s1gnal from another.
cross-ported- a hydraulic path connected between the two opposite
flow paths of a hydraulic circuit that allows a route for flow between the
two paths in lleu of flow thru an actuator. To allow sensing of lhe
,_~ c:onnection and pressure in one path by a componen! lnstalled In the other path.
cSt (centistoke)- a metric unit of kinematic viscosity. In customary
use, equal to the kinematic viscosity of a fluid having dynamic viscosity
of one centipose anda density of one gram per cubic centimeter.
curb slde - the slde of a vehicie whicn is opposite from oncoming
traffic when the vehtcle is travehng forward In the normal direction in a
lane of traffic.
cushlon- a device built lnto a hydraullc cy&nderthat restricts the flow
offluidattheoutletport to slowthe rnotion of the rod asit reaches the end
of its stroke.
custom optlon - an option which is not shown on a standard order
form and which requires addttional engineering work to supply.
cyllnder - a dellice that converts fluid power into linear mechanícal
force and rnotion. 11 usuaUy con51sts of a rnoveable piston and rod, or
plunger, operating within a cyl1ndrical bore.
danger-information that indicates an imminently hazardous situabon
whlch, íf not avoided, wlll result rn death or serious lnjury. ThiS signal
word is to be used in the most extreme situations.
OC pump -a pump whlch ls powered by a directcurren! eledric motor.
dead band- the area or ranga near the oenter rest position of a hand
control where the funcbon does not respond to rnovement of the levaror
handle.
decal - a !hin sheet ol flexlble material which is attached to another
surface by adhesiva, and is used to convey instructions, informalion
and wamings.
componen! - a single par a E:k::r:::z::.~ c:::::z=~· deenergize-toremoveelectncalpowerfromadellice,asfromthecoil
compresslblllty- the ~ of a solenoid valve.
when h is subjected to a un =-- dellvery- the volume of fluid discharged by a pump in a given time,
usually expressed in gallons per minute (gpm).
demulslblllty - the abílity of a liquid to expel another type of liquid.
Commonly used lo describe a fluld's ability to cause water to separata
out ralher than being held in suspension.

9-97 Appendix- Glossary


or ~e Wlth a calibrated circular tace anda
_ ~ as a measuring device.
";a:"ll held, rótary grinding tool.
n;c:anJsm whioh dñves the ~r....
- a :uoular housing attached to the gealbox portion of a
s:Jr-ounds the motor and provides an attachment pomt to
OEmck - a multipurpose, -vehide-mounted devioe with an
e::::.rn;f:lloe:IOOITI which may acoommodale compooents that d"¡g cytin-
~ nctes. set utility potes. and position materials, apparatus, and/or
~ elbow - the structure on an articulating-boom aerial device that
c1'gger derrick u se - the stabifity críteria for a digger derrick mobile
:..r.:t .,-ncn tndicates that the load capacity chart and stability require-
- :rr'sapply to the use of the derrick for lifting ofloads with the winch line
a: :.--.e upper boom tip or material handling jíb tip, with the platfonn
stowed or removed, if so equipped.
á gger hanger b rack et - the structural member on a digger derrick
wt1ldl supports the digger link on the extendible boom.
d i gger latch mechan lsm - a mechanism which securesthediggerto
the lower boom when lt is stowed and to the extendtble boom when it is
~stowed.
digger link - the strvctural member which attaches the digger to the
o¡gger hangar bracket.
digger/winch valve- the control va !ve on a diggerderricl( that directs
hydraiNC pressure and flow to the d1gger and winch hydrauhc ctrcuits.
digital signal-an electrical signal that communicates infonnation by
!!le use of two distinct lavels ol voltage or current. a high •on" lavel and
a 1ow "ott" level, whtcn are sent In a series of pulses. The timing of the
pulses is used to 1ndicate the level of an input parameter such as control
levar posrtion, o r infonnallon such as the address setttng ol a radto
control transmitter linking lt to its receíver.
diode - an electrical componen! that allows current flow 1n one
dorectJon but not in the reverse direction.
directlonal valv e - a valve lhat selectivaly directs or prevents flUid
flow through deS~ red passages.
d lsplaceme nt - lhe quantity of fluid lhat can pass through a pump,
motor or cytinder in a single revolution or stroke.
doeklng s tatlon- a device used lo mount a remole control transmitter
on a platform.
dog clutch - see drum clutoh.
double-acting cylinder - a cylinder in which fluid pressure can be
~ ed to either side o! the pcston to move tne rod in e ílher dtrection.
doUble elevator - an elevator lift with two load carrying anns. The
::xl'...:t)ie elevator system includes a lower pedestal, lower arrn, lowerann
.:ytnoer s), nser, upper ann, upper ann cyhnder(s), and upperpedestal,
,:x:.:s :¡a¡a¡,el hnks in both the lower and upper sections.
dOW>Ie-pole, double-throw(DPDT) swit ch - a six-terrninal electrical
or relay that connects. at the sama time, one pairo! tenninals to
ot rwo olher paírs of terminals.
óeoi.O.-pole, slngle-thro w (DPST) switch - a tour-terminal electrical
o· -elay that, at the same time, opens or closes two separata
a::::t:t:s oc bolh sldes of lhe same circuil
_ loec - t'le downward force created when an extemal force is
eatts: cr. tne boom, such as a winch pulling cable on a cable placer.
ere -
z 2SSage or a line from a hydraulic componen! that retums
~ :.: to tne reservoir.
Appeno1x - Glossary
drift - 1: a gradual, uncontrolled changa from a set poslnon of an
actuator or component. 2: a tool for rammlng or drivlng somettung.
driver - the gearbox and motor assembly on a reel lifter which is
connected to and disconnected trom the arbor bar through lhe clutch
assembly.
drum clutch - a clutch consisting of two ormore drive lugs that engage
simílar driven lugs to transmit torque. Commonty used between the
gearbox and cable drum on front or bed mounted winches.
dumpvalve -anorrnallyopen, twcrposltion, twcrwayvalvethatsends
pump flow lhrough a path going d irectly to the reservolr or ~ypassing
hydraullc circult when lt is not actualed, preventing operatíon of lhe
hydraulic system or circuit. When it ls actualed, it closes off lhis path,
redirectmg flow to the hydraulic system or circuit to allow opera~
dynamo meter - an instrument for measuring mechan•cal force or
power.
earth an chor - see screw anchor.
eccentric rtng - a ring with tne center hole located in a position off the
geometric center, commonly used to adjust the position of the rotation
pinion with respect to lhe rotation bearing gear teeth.
eccen tric rlng lock - a device whtoh engages a hole or notoh in an
eccentric ring to prevent the ring from rotating.
efflclency-the ratio of output to input. Volumetric efficiency of a pump
is the actual output in gpm divided by the theoretical or design output.
The overall efftciency of a hydraulic system is lhe output power divided
by the input power. Efficiency ls usually expressed as a percent.
connects lhe upper boom to the lower boom. The elbow allows the
upper boom to,pivot relativa lo the lower boom.
e lbow bearing - the rotating member that allows the upper boom to
rotata around the end o! the lower boom. Used on a erial devices with lhe
upper and lower booms mounted sida by side.
elbow pin - the horizontal pin that attaches the upper boom to the
lower boom on an a.rtícutating-boom aerial device. Used on aerial
deVIces with lhe upper boom mounted over the iower boom.
electrlcal hamess - an assembly ol electrical wires that is used to
deliver electrical current between components.
electrocutlon - receivlng an electrical shock resulting in dealh.
electrohy draullc - a combination of electnc and hydraulic control
mechanisms in whioh an electrically controlled actuat.or ls used to shift
lhe spool in a hydrautic control v alve.
electrohydraullc control system - a control system In whloh the
funcllon control handles are connected to electric controls. The electric
controls actuate electrohydraullc valVas to operate the functions of the
urut
electroh y draullc valve - a directíonal valva that receives a variable
or controlled electrical signar which is used lo control or meter hydraulic
now.
elevator IIft- a system located between lhe tu m tabla and subbase o!
an a erial device whloh is used for lifting lhe a erial device to increase the
platfonn wor1<ing height. This system may be configurad as a sang :
elevator or a double elevator.
eievator unlt- the overall device including the subbase. e eva:or -
and the aerial device.
emergen cy lowerlng valva - a manually operated hynrc:.a.:c ~"
used to lower the boom in the event of power failure.
emergency operatlng OC pump - a low flow hydrauttc p..J"":l ~=
by a direct current elootñc motor. This pump is used to prov!Oe ...~
flowtostowlheunitinemergencysituatíonswhenlhesystemfornor--:oal
operation has failed.
emergency operatlng s ys tem - those components tha! a <M 1:7
emergency opcration to stow the unit When the syste.... for ~­
operation has falled.
end g llind - a hollow, cytlndrical part that screws IMD or IS re2':P8C
the open end of a hydraullc cylinder barrel II'"OU!tlllll~ me rx
protrudes.
end-mounted platform - a platfonn whlch IS a1:ac:rleC ;::, a ;:-cu:--=:n;
bracket that extends beyond lhe boom tJp pos~ tne :..a:x:: ax
platfonn rotation pivot, if so equlpped) beJ'O"' ;-..e ex :;t t"ll! ~
boom.
energlze - to send electrical power to a oei'!Oe ~ ::; t:le
solenoid valve.
energlzed conductor - an apparatus tnat &S tran.smrtting electric ftowmeter- an lnsti'Un1!9t usect to measure the llow rata of flUHl \na
currenL hydraulic tube or hose. ,
energy-the ability orcapaaty todo WOI1t. ~m uM:s of woñc. fluid - a llquid that ls specially compounded for use as a PD"' r.
extendlbte-capableoflinearmovementofoneormoreportionsofan transmitting madium In a hydraulic system.
assembly to fncrease the ovara;. evJ't or 'Sad'l of !:he assembly. fold - to move a pivoting structure such an articulating upper boorr
extend lble-boom aerlal devlce-e.n aerz oev.:e 'NUh a tolescoplc or toward 1ts stowed position.
extandlble boom assambly. fold-up shoe outrlgger - an outrigger whlch has a shoe that p!VOtS
extenslon cyllnder- a hydratue C) -· v.nich extends and retracts
lnto a vertical position when the outrigger is fully retractad.
an extend1ble boom(s). force - any push or pull measured in units of welght.
falrlead - the group or stee rcx.ars a: rs p!a:'orm of a cable placer forged pln retalner- a pin ratalner made from forgad steel, COflS'St•ng
which gulde the cable or s.JSDenS~Cr. ~ ll.r"9 tr\e placing process. of a slender, cylindrical body with a flattened, circular head at one end
fall anut system -a sys:~ ~ el a ':JOCty hamess or body with a mounting hola ttvough the head perpendicular to the body. The
belt, a decelerating lanyaro, c:crzJiiiCt:n,. G.."''C an ancnor polnt at the body ls insertad through a hole In the pln lo be retainad, and the head
boom tip, used to catch ano l'loiO a~ •-::o fa..!s from a platform. (As is fastenad lo the adjaoent structure with a cap screw.
of January 1 1998. lhe use of 2 xc :le'! b personal fall arrest ls four-way valve - a valva haVIng tour ports tor direction of fluid flow.
prohibrtad by OSHA.
FPS - Fluid Powe' Sooety
feedback (feedback sfgna - _ = - :l' pa1 of an output signal lo
frequency- the number of bmes an action occurs In a unlt of time.
the input for the p.JrpOSe ot ...,.,!crm ene oor.trol of the output.
g. .ket- a padang made of a detofrnable material, usually in the forrn
- assen-.bly mountad on an of a sheet or ring. usad 10 ma~ea a ;nssure bght fit between stationary
extendible boon" v.nct ca-sa oo..c-: t:: a aew:e mountad on the
parts.
exlendlbla porbOn of the ooor:: srz::. zs "& ~' or boom t1p winch.
gata valve- see shutoff vtave.
fiber optic cable - a ~ ~ ~ ::se:: fot conducting control or
telecommunoca:JOn sig'na.'S ~ E:;¡: c:amerts) •s one or more gauge preuure- a pressure scale tr1at ignores atrnospheric pres·
opbcal fíbers. endOS8CI ~ - ~ sure by estabhsh!ng atmosphenc pressure as rts zero polnt. lts zero
polnt ls 14.7 psi absotute.
flber optlc::a - l:le use O( tta: ::s::;¡¿;w::t -'"5 d g;.a.ss or plastic which
transmlt gh.ts¡gnajs .~ :2 ::!l::'lef..:le• Commonlyusad gauge snubber- see snubber valva.
to tran.sm-t s•gna.:s trorn a = ::re:t. gearbox- an assembly with Interna! speed changing gears; a trans·
flberglass- g:ass., ~ t:x::.a:::=-: as .a orcemenl loaptastlc mlssion. Gearboxes are commonly usad lo transmit power from a
for use., ma.<rg \'lL'lCCS ~ hydraulic motor to opereta a tunction through an output shaft.
flllerbreathereap-~~:r:::-e:oc~areservoirthatallows gelco8t - a protective coating used on fiberglass components to
alr to e~e· and ex:: Cle ;-csr..-::a:- a:sre
fa: cnanges, and which preven! the wicking of moisture into the fiberglass strands and to retard
can be removec :e acx:ess & ~ l'lyclraulic fluid to the the degrading effect of ultraviolet light on the fiberglass.
reservoor GFI-ground fault interrupter.
gln pole - a vertical phase-holding apparatus which is attached to a
platforrn or upper boom tip.
gpm- gallons per minute.
gradlent control davlce - a device at the upper end of an insulating
boom that reduces electrical stress level(s) below that considerad to be
disruptiVe.
gravfty levellng system- a system which uses the force of gravity to
keep the bottom of a platforrn parallel to level ground as the boom is
ralsed or lowered. One means of accomplishing this ls by allowing the
platforrn to pivot freely about a horizontal shaft attached above the
platforrn's center ol gravity.
grease fitting- a small fitting that acts as the connection between a
::!'1 val)'lng the drive grease gun and ltle componen! to be lubricatad.
gripper tool - a component usad lor grasping an object or electrical
flange- on a 11a.nge anc :r. ~il::llr'l!;; '" end plate that 1s lines through the use of an artJculated mechan~sm.
weldad lo one end ~t:le -- Oh: ::u:;¡o&eán: ,.,~&Sto position the
pm m the comea.on.. ground-1 : a larga condi.ICtlng body with a potenttal of zero vOitS usad
as a common current retvm for ane.ecmccataJil.2: anobjectthatmakes
flange and lug pm re .lO -.a :::noac:::<.g pm retenbon an electrical connectíon wrth a gi'O\JI'ld or Wttn the earth.
system In whlch an ene! ::2.~ 'Ol'll! e-e of the pin and a
retaining plata is attac:l'l&:l ce t "" eod to hold the ground faulllnterrupter (GA)- a fast actng form of circult breaker
pm m position. that opens to anterrupl an electncal arcvrtlf rt senses a very smaU current
leakage to ground, to protect personnel against a potenllal shod<
hazard from detective electrical tools orwinng. lt does this bymonltoring
for anydifference in curren! nowbetweenthe hotand neutral wires in the
circuit. An imbalallCe exceeding a very small preset value indicales that
cuf1'9nt is finding an 1mproper path lo ground, and causes the breakerto
tri p.
guard rfng - see conductiva shield.
ftat-shoe outrlgger-an ~~bes • ~:-a! s lixed In a hand - an extenslot'l of lhe reel lifter arm that allows for loading !he
horizontal posltion. arborbar.
fllghting - a curvad plaíe or ~el. :::;O!!C MIÍCed together. hand control - a hand operated controllever or handle located al a
spiraling along the 8XIS of an a~ u:. or s:::w- rr:.a !'OQ control station used to regulate a functlon of a unit, where the speed of
flow - the movement of flUid ~rc::e:.... ~~ the function ls proportional lo the distance the control is moved.
ftow control valve- a vaJVe e-.at ~ heat-tha forrn of energy that has the capacity to create warrnth orto
increase the temperatura of a substance. Any energy that ís wastad or
now rate- the volume. mass ex O! a used to overcome friction is convertad to heat. Heat is measured in
conductor per unit of time. calories or British therrnal units (Btu). One Btu is the amount of heat
ftow strafghtener-a COf'1'IPOOer.f:Ja:; el a na;::=.~e gse:.=~-:a-n or required to raise the temperatura of one pound of water one degree
remove any swirting mollon of ::e go:n¡; cr.q;r. - ~ Fahrenheit.

9·97 Appendix - Glossary


- : ~ required to IIft 550 pounds one foot in
a.e ~ ::r~ OOCl :x:u."1CS 1 loot in one minute. One horsepower ls
- or t ) - Z. 4 Britísh thermal units per minute.
~ ccmponeot wtúch eontains hydraUlic, electri·
.;s..aliy mounted 1nside or along the side of an
• JIC- Joinllndustry Conference.
'&::::!n~i! :x:a:: ~ ::'16 boom is extended, the hose carrier unfolds in
10 z.»N the lines to extend wlth the boom.
-
a rigld, enclosed tube whlch contains hydrauüc,
ac::;:Z. EC:.or 21.1
fines, and may contain c:omponents for upper
~~~r: ~~ attached to a hose canier on the sida of an
or waaher (HLIW) - a vehide-moonted device ~h~
a=la;:;~t: ll'"IC .JSed for cleaning pole and structure mounted tranSn'lis-
scr. ~ Qs::-.outJon lnsulators.
- - i'd'Gu!Jc Tool Manufacturer's Associalion.
.=el: - a bolt-like fastener that l s placed In posítion and thcn
cs::;::c::.....,.,_,.JeC_. a an end fitting is swaged on. Commonly used to attach
;e peoes:.a. sJbbase, and/or outnggers toa vehicle trame.
~=t:"..t•-a dlscharge pipe with a valva and spoutatwhichwatermay
be az- - rorn a water main .
oe control- a control that isactuated by hydraulically •nduced
e levellng system- an automatlc hydraulic control system
- aeps tne bottom of a platform parallel to or ata fixed angle to the
~e base plate as the boom 1s raised or lowered. One means of
&:::::lmO rSnlfl9 th•s is by transterring hydraufic fluid between a master
~T acruated by movement of the lower boom anda slave cylutder
~ between the p latform and the upper boom.
oe o verload protection (HOP) system - the system on a
~ that shuts off certa•n functions lo help prevent damage to
c;;ne· oemck structure when an overtoad •s applled to the boom in
~ ard d•rectJon.
oc schematlc- a drawing that uses common hydraulic sym-
:as t: l?.:!resent the hydrauhc system of the unit.
oe swlvel - a lluíd conducting fitting having two Joined parts
&te ~oable of p ivoting freely about each other to accomodate
d w a ttached hydraulic Une.
a:::¡;:n:::5:a.Dy extendlble Jlb - a jib boom that may be extended or
~':N hydrauilc power.
an engineering science pertaining lo llquid pressure and
~~:::~:;;..~"~=.. address settlng - the code that identifies a specffic
i::i:~:-;C;~ as the one emitting lhe signal correspondlng lo a specific
_..,.......,_,.'s recept¡on address.
Interco m system- a transmitter and receiver syslem that allows two-
way velbal communícation between a platform operator and a person
at ground level.
lnterference - any energy that ínhibits the transmission or reception
of electrlcal or radio signals.
lntermediate boom (INT BOOM)~an eldendible boom sectionwhlch
ls located between the upper boom and the lower boom in an extendible
boom assembly.
ISO- lntemational Standards Orgamz.ation.
Jam nut - a nut that ls screwed down firmly against another nut lo
prevent loosening.
Jaw clutch - see drum clutch.
)lb- an auxn!al)' boom which a !taches to the upper boom tip lo extend
the reach of the boom.
j oystick - a two or thre e axis controllever whlch allows the operator
to simultaneously control multiple functions.
junctlon box - an enclosed central connecting point for electrical
wiring.
kelly bar- see auger extension shaft.
key- a parallel-sided piece that fits into grooves in two adjacent parts
to prevent movement between lhe parts. Oflen used as the d.riving
mamber between a shaft and a sheave or winch drum.
keyway- a groove that ls cut in a shafl or bore for a key to fil into.
kllovolts (kV) - a unit of polentia! dífference equal to 1 ,000 volts.
knuckle - see elbow.
L-bracket- an L·shaped weldment that is used to eonnect a splicer
platform to the upper boom tlp.
lanyard- a componen! in a personal fall arrest system consisbng of a
flexible, nonmelallic strap or rope with a connector at each end for
eonnectmg a body hamess or body belt to a specified anchor point
provided at the boom tip, used to catch and decelerate a person in a fall
from the platform. (As of January 1, 1998. the use of a body bell for
personal fall arrest is prohibited by OSHA)
lashlng wlre- a thín , solld wire wh1ch is wrapped In a spíral configu-
ratiOfl around a length of suspension strand and adjacent communica-
tJon cable so that the suspension strand carries the we1ght of the cable.
lay- the length of wire rope in which one strand makes one complete
spiral around the rope.
layer-all wraps of winch line on a winch drum which are on the same
levei between drum ftanges.
leakage monitor system - a means by which current leakage is
measured through the ínsulated sections(s) of a boom to confirm of
d1electric inlegrity.
levellng cable- the wire rope portion of a mechanleal leveling system
thal passes over the sheaves.
levellngchaln-thechalnportionofamechanicallevelingsystemthat
pass es over the sprockets.
levellng cyllnder - a cytinder thal is used in a master/slave arrange-
ment 1n a hydraulic leveling system to hydraulically level the platform.
levellng rod-a slender, round. fiberglass rod used in a mechanícal
leveling system that passes through a unirs boom lo connect the
leveling chalns or cables at each end of the boom.
levellng system- see platform leveling system.
leverage- a gain in output force over input force: m~ advan-
tage or force mulliplication.
IIft cyllnder-the hydraulic cytlnder thal moves the lower boom up and
down on a digger derrick or extendlble-boom aerial device.
lltter cyllnder- the hydraulic cylinder that moves the reellifter arms.
llftlng eye - a shackle or weldment used for attaching chain , cable,
rope, etc. toa boom for material handling.
llght emlttlng dlode (LEO)- a semiconductor diode that emits light
when subjected to an applied voltage. LEOs are used for electronlc
d1splay.
Une- a tube. pipe or hose usad as a passageway to move hydrautlc
fluid.
linear- in a straight line.
9·97
linear actuator- a de vice for oonverting hydraunc en ergy into linear
motion such as a cytinder or ram.
linear posltJon transducer - an extendible lengtn measunng device
wtllch produces a variable electrical signaJ that is prooortiooal to tlle
length to wtlich the device is extended.
llnw-see platform liner.
link- the seoondary load-canying stru::ue O(--~~ a=..
load eapaclty-{as defined by ANSI for~~-~=*:!'):"l!!:tt=::~r­
load, specified bythe manufacturar, ll'lalc::a.:,;: - - -
at regular intervals of load radius or DOCri. c.~ - ~
ranges of boom elevation, extension a "C ~
and Inclusive of stability requireme:nts
load holding valva- a hydraUI.c .'::....: ~ XJr:~G !:X f::r.: a
hydraulic actuator, such as a cyt;noe• or -:xcx t ~ ~~
the control valva is not being ope-a:ec :x - :zsr d ¿ ~
fallure.
load radlus- the horizontal ó~Stanee lr::lr::a:. ·:=r:::a:"tOe- d ~1e
the winch line load attachment pcl"""-
lock washer- a solid or splil wasne• """es :ia:2c ~~.a n:.-;
orcap screwto help preven! loose~ !7J es=. ::r::ssa·.. .s~ l:le
fastener.
locknut- see self-locking nut.
lockwlre-a wire that is instar eé 'ti~~~ e 'a.smne~S o·
components.
lower ann - the primary load-ca....,--; s:-...:::: -:té iX'.l!lle e;evator
which is located between the ~-e·~ ax be~
lower ann cyllnder- lhe hydra... ::t ~ -c: ~ '"'lSIOWIH arm
of a double elevator up and dov.;..
lower boom (LWR BOOM)- tt>e cc:o::: ac:;cr: .- .a~ assembly
wtlich is attached to the tumtable or-.ser.an::: ~ ~ tne upper
boom or inlermediate boom.
lower boom cyllnder - the hytl:- ~ "'" ::v-as tne lower
boom about its pivot point on an a-.c.t;;;:.~ a..<>r..a.. CJeV!ce.
lower boom lnsulator - the oe: a! ~ _• :x:xx= rooade of high
dielectric strength mateñal us..a... ~~ _ :a:tea plastic or
equivalen!) to interrupt ttle cor1C..J1::7,: :e: : sc:xr:¡ ttvough the
lowerboom.
lower boom w lnch - a w "ld'> t:li::! ~ ~ .:r: C'lE cwer boom.
lower control vatve -the hyor~ - _ :r. -.; e.""'e w mtable, or
pedestal of an aeñal deVIce --sa:: 1t:r ~ SCT"Ie or all of the
funcllons of the aenal de\IICE!.
lower controls - the ~""ClS c:r. ~ ~ ~.e or pedestal,
used for operatmg some ora.. e!:::-.? n:::o-..s d ""le ..nt.
lowerpedestal-thestruc:....-r - -.....- ~ - tnat eonnectsthe
elevator llft to the suboase.
lower test electrode system-a ~<sta;; a: e:- ~!eó aenal device
utilizing conductiva oands 1\SU!...ec oe- é:la,_,.. . cr 1ne •nside and
outside surtaces o f the lllSUiateo¡;.¡cr.¡c;r ::t~ :..coe•boom and conduc-
tiva connections to componern:s inSd2 ::1a: ::x:c7:cr 01 tne boom such as
leveling rocls and hydraullc lines. A:. .,.E :a'"lC.S zx componen! connec-
tions are connected to a comrnon ~ :xr: ".o:" use in measuring
current leakage to confirm of die.ec:nc ...... ...eg;-;;-,.
Jower tool circ:uit - a hydrau..c too o~ w;¡ qolck disconnect
couptings located on the pede:st2. or cr · : tll::ae.
lug - a metal part which serves as a C2;:1, ;;anc:Jje su pport, or fitting
connection.
rnagnetic suctlon separator fllter- see r-.agneoc suction strainer.
magnetlc suctlon stralner - a suc:ton .er consisting of a strainer
wtlich contains one or more magne:.s to tr
cZJ Jerrous metallic contami·
nants that are small enough to pass throogn 1ne s::rainer.
m ainframe- se e pedestal.
man-and·a-half platfonn- an overs.z.ed one-man platform.
manifold- a fluid conductor lhat prov!des muSI;lie connection ports.
manual overrlde-a means of manual/yactu.a!lng an automatically or
remotely controlled device.
manually extendlble jlb - a jlb thal is caoable ofbemg extended and
retractad by human force.
master control panel- the primary derrick lower control panel which
contains the electrical connections between the derrick control system
and components such as the power modUle and the dump or blocklng
9 ·97
valVa. The m_aster¡~--' ls usad In conjunction wn: a s.:. ..-:
panel to proVIde dualllt!JOn lower controls.
master cyllnder - a cyllnder In whlch motion of the piston under an
extemal fotce transfers hydraulic fluid to a slave cytínder to produce
cv 3SOOii d.-g motion.
9 - having the abillty to use the boom or attachments
a.'ld posltlon materials.
r.ow into an actuator or
mlcrorl -....c:~ot Jet8t)- ~_.,- ~ z~ or about0.00004H.
mlcrorl n1mg - ¡;;e =-~ So:"! :L -s pa;-:;¡aes tnat a filler is
di!ST'EC ¡o remo.e
mlcroswfteh-asmaJ eledn:::a. 05'\«:e~;s ~m :urn anelectrical
current on or off, orto change me ca • e::o 1S .., a crt:ut.
moblle operatJon- the use of ltle ZE-.a. eevw:e ~ a.gge· demck while
the mobile unit is travefing.
mobtle unlt - the comblnation of a unit 1ts chasslS and relatad
permanently attached equipment.
modified A-trame outrigger- an extendible outrigger that IS config-
urad lil<e a larga broad based "A" with an open top.
modulation ratio - the •on· time vs. the •otr time of a pulse width
modulated digital signal. This ratio is determinad by dividing the on time
during one cycle by the total cycle time.
moly - see molybdenum disulftde.
molybdenum dlsulflde - a black inorganic chemical that is usad as
a dry lubrican! and as an additive for grease and oils. Molybdenum
disulfide has a very high melting point and is insoluble in water.
molydlsulflde- see molybdenum disulfide.
moment - a force muttiplied by the perpendicular distance from the
line of action of the force toan axis or point The force may be the weight
of an ítem. with the vertical line of action located at the item's center of
gravity. Moment is measured in units of force times distance; for
exampte, pound-feet or fool-pounds.
monitor head - remoteJy controlled articulated assembly with a
nozzle, mounted at the upper end of an HUW.
motor - a device that converts hyd~:c or electrical energy into
continuous rotary motion and ton:rue
multiple-part Une - the aml'ge'lleN o! 1ne WIOCI1 line on a digger
demck in wtlich lhe winch Lne IS ttiiJ:ad be¡-~ !he boom tip and the
load two or more times. A sna!r:::h ~ IS t.sea a: tt>e load anda snatch
block or additional boom 1!0 shea'O-e s is tsae O" t:\9 boom to reversa
the direction of the winch ME! 'heetld al~ i"'I"1Ch 7l81S conneotod to
a stationary attachment poin¡ O." ' tne bocr or :o.o.-er snatcn block. A
multiple-part fine is used to reauc:e t1e :lr.SD"I :1"1 ene winch line to a
value below the winch i ne ra:!e:l wooar>; 1020 "o\n&n a frf!ing load that
exceeds the winch line rated ~load.
multJvlscoslty- the viscos:¡y cr-ara:::e~ of a fluid which contains
additives that iTlCI"ease the V\SCOS14y '"1dex.. llle flUid does not become
as thin at high temperatufes or as ttlld< a! low temperaturas as a fluid
without these additives. Ths iLIOWS lhe flwd to be used ovar a wider
temperatura range.
nonconductive - !he maractenstJc of a substance that allows it to
transmit electricity onty In a very smaJI degree when it ls clean, dry and
proper1y maintalned.
noncontlnuous rotatlon - a rotation system in wnich the tumtable ls
prevented from rotating more than approximately one revolution about
the centerline of rotatíon.
Appendix- Glossary
 outrlgger Interlock valve - a valva which prevents above rotation
sansa llne signalsfrom reaching the pump until the outnggers have
been lowered.
outrlgger leg - 1: the moveable structural componen! of an outngger
which extends or unfolds to position the outrigger shoe on the ground,
and whlch retracts or folds to retum the outrigger shoe lo !he stored
po5ilion. 2; tho stationary structural componont of an extendible outñg-
ger lrom whích the moveable outrlgger leg extends.
outrlg ger motlon alum- an audible warning system to alert person-
CCII'":::I:::s:!m~ XJC:JC: c.-u -
boom fiares that are permanently
nel that outriggers are bemg lowered Of moved.
_ ~ ¡¡ ~r derrick.
outrtgger pad - a portable piece of rigid material whlch ls placed
~r:~~=:;:-~::>~:JC'=~
CCII"'tn:: -an upperc:ontrol panel on a digger under an outñgger shoe lo increase the contact area with the ground
d a::ac:hed lo the upper boom tip.
surface when the ground surface is not firm enough to support direct
- -a swrtch whictflltdosad to allow currentto contact from the outrigger shoe.
notac:tuated, and '9lnterrupt currenlflow
outrlgger s hoe- the componen! ol an outriggerthat ls attached to the
moveable leg and that contacts the ground or outrigger pad to stabilize
--~dosedtoblockfluid !he mobile uníl
aci~FIIollfl!C opens lo allow flow
outrlgger slgnal valva -a valva usad to provide a signa! to the pump
:t,~ .. when the outriggers are being operated and to allow a separata signa!
swttch-aswitchwhlch~
· preventcurrentfrom system to control the aerial device operation.
• v.nen 1t is not actu ses lo allow curren!
a:rr!!!d outrigger sp,.ad - the distance between the outer edges on fixed
shoes, or bétween pin center1ínes on pivoting shoes, of opposite
valve -a two-way valva whlch is open to allow fluid lo outriggers which have been extended or deployed to a given position.
~"len it is not ac:tuated, and closes to block ftow when
overcenter aertal devlce - a type ol articulating-boom aeñal device
on whlch the upper boom can unfold from the stored position to beyond
- a tube.fike device for accelerating and directing the dls- a vertical position.
of uld.
o ver1111me- an outrigger weldment mounting position located above
- - a:lOC\al Pipe Thread. the vehicle chassis trame.
~ - abona! Pipe Thread Auid, a pipe thread form which ls o verload - the condltion exlsting when a load greater than lhe rated
o::C::ec from the NPT lorm to improve the resistance to fluid laakage capac1ty or deslgn lead is applied to a unit or componenl
~ threads in a connectlon.
override -the takeover of boom movement control functions from the
- a nng of material with a circular cross section that ls used as plalform controls by the activation ol the lower control statíon controls.
E~ usualty made ol synthetic rubber.
overtighten- to torque a threaded fastenerbeyond the recommended
ct:ic::tlnelt e f - an 1nstrument used to measure the resistance in ohms torque value.
~ :wo pomts 1n an electrical componen! or clrcuit.
oxldatlon - the reaction ol a substance with oxygen.
etrcult - c1rcuit that supplies constan! electñcal power to a
s::t:enod or other componen! when a relay or switch is closed and pa111llel lin k - the secondary load-carrymg structure of an elevator lift.
er::o~~ tne power when the relay or sWitch is opened. p artlcle count - a visual count of the numbers of partículate contami·
~ plat1orm - a platform designad lo carry one person. lt is
nants in a quanllty of a hydraulic fluid.
2.!. Wlde x 30" wide or 24• Wlde x 24~ wide. p assage - a machined or cored fluid conducting path that líes within
center-a directJonal val ve design in which pump output retums or passes through a componen!.
t) !;le reservoir when the valva spool(s) is in the center or neutral paylo ad - any tools. materials. tuel and occupants canied by the
:x:s:::;:r: mobile unit that are not permanently attached
=-cu1t - an electric e~rcuit that has infinitely high reSistance. pedestal -the statJonary base of a uní! that supports the tumtable and
~ n no current ftow. An open circuit may be caused by a loose is attached to the subbase or veh1cle trame.
¡¡;::n::a:::u oroken wire, corrosion or poor contact where an electri&al
pedestal mount - a mounting configuration lor an aerial device in
c:cm e s grounded to the unit structure. which the tumtable is mounted on a pedestal consisling of a box-like
a person trained, authonzed and engaged in the operabon structure.
penetratlon -the distance the vehicle trame is lifted afterthe outriggers
~- a !hin strand of transparent glass or plastic used to contact the ground surface.
.......---&. ·s -;na!s USing light throughout the length of the strand. - phue - a conductiva wire or cable used for transmitting high voltage
- a restnctíon in a hydraullc or pheumalic circurt, the length o! electrical current. The phrase "phase to phase~ can be referenced as
~ 1S =a. n respect to its diameter. any two conductors of a three-phase electrical power llne system.
- Oc:cuoabonal Safety and Health Admlrüstration. pllot operated - condrtíon in which a valva is actuated by hydraulic
oown
outrlg g er - an outñgger that has lndependentty- fluid pressure.
c:::J:::::::J~ -.or..zontal and vertical extendible outrigger legs. p llot ope111ted check valve- a check valva that can be opened to
a:;¡:::r::;zr,;;_ xanng - a bear1ng Whlch supports the end of a gearbox allow ftow in the normally blocked direction by applying hydraulic
,......,~• ..,_... la.""'lest from the gearbox. pressure to a pilot port.
.....~:;;.s:;;:;::;~~o~- a rad o wave intended to pass communícation from a p llot p,.ssure-auxiliary pressure u sed to actua1e or control hydraulic
1: & oes:::."'.a:'!On
components.
pllotvalve- anauxüiaryvalveusedtocontroltheoperation ofanother
~~~~-a s=;o..:c::,¡,¡ra member, which when property extended or
:: ;~ Of outñgger pads, assists in stabilizing the valve.
p ln - a cyfindrical structural device usad to allow a pivotlng jolnt orto
connect mating parts.
ptn retalner - a device which is used to hold a pin in place In an
assembly.
plnch polnt-a particular location In which a human body Of a part of
!he body may become pinched or pinned between moving mechanical
parts.
plnlon- a gear with a small number ol teeth that has been designed
to mesh with a largar gear.

9-97
piston - a cylindrically shaped part that fi1s withín a cylinder or
cytindrical bore and transmits or r8Ce(Ves linear motion by means of a
c:onnecling rod or other component
piston pump- a pump ln whictl motJon and force are applied to fluid
by a reciprocaling piston(s) In cylindncal bore(s).
pJacard -1: a thin sheet of ng1d matanal wtuch is attached 10 another
sulface by adhesiva andlor mecllanical tasteners, and is used to
convey instructions, information and wamings. 2: May also retar to a
decal
planetary gear set - an assembly of meshed gears consisting of a
central gear (sun gear). a coaxlal1ntemal tooth ring gear and several
lntermadiate pinions (planet gears) supportad on a revolving canier.
planetary gearbox-a gearboxcontaimng one ormore planetary gear
sets.
platform-tnepersonne~gcomponentofaunrt.mountadatthe
~r boorT' bp.
platform heater-an electrically powered device mounted in a splioer
platform Wf1ICh is usad to warm the oooupanl
platform leveJlng system - a system whlch keeps the bottom of a
platform parallel to or ata flxed angla to the base plata of the lumtable
orparallel to level ground, as the boom is raised orlowered. The systerT"
may be mechanically, hydraullcalty, or gravity operatad.
platform liner-a component madeof material having a hlgndie~
strengltl whlch is designad to be insertad into a platform to cavw
walls and bottom of the platform.
platform pln- the horizontal pin that is used to fa.str.: a
mountmg bracket to the upper boom tip. The mour"ng ~ r;:Jt'«lC3
about t:tus pin for platform levellng or posit¡oning
platform rest- the structural member attached &o :-e :o.asos 011 :o:
to support and cushion the platfonn 1n the trave ex ~ ~
platform rlng - a metal band around lhe :;¡da sob:
supports and guides the platform as rt rs r::lC2!!IC &:IOX
centertine.
platform rotatlon overrldesystem-as,-s::e::. :JC!'i
of platform rotation to extend be .oooc .a :."P-"'-=="""".,.....,..,.,.,..
actuatad by lhe operalor.
platform rotator- a system W"'r-t': ~ -: :r::-era:or co rota!e
platform about a verbcal axis ~" :s ~ - ~~
to be changed with respect te V. X~Cr.: "=
platform tllt system- a sys'.r.: wr...c:: ~-.a ooeramrtoadjust the
onentation of !he plarfoiTTI a!:lc:ú a ~ a:.s. Sonle systems allow
the operatorroao ust lile MX" ; ~ ::*~ ~ floor and lill the
platfonn for clean ng. OV!er ~ ~ t .::ng of the platfonn for
clearung but do not pro-.10e ooerz:or ao uSiment ol the working
position.
platform use - lhe staO!: t:t::2:'..:. lor a digger demck mobfle unit
wh1ch indicates thatlha loaa ~ c:t'.att and stabihty reqUirements
apply to the use of the demdl ..,... ~ -.e :¡¿:orm OOCUI)Ied. Wlth no fitting
of loads with the v.JilCh '"'8
plunger - a cylind~ sna,pec ::a-: ma.: ~ used to transml thrust; a
ram.
pole - a long cytindncal p¡ece O' rr.<ae::;a s.x:n as wood, metal. or
concrete which is instated n a ve.~ :lOS::lOn for use as a suppott
structure for power and ~ ~
pole gulde- a mechan1sm at lhe t.P ot a OOO'"l used for guidlng and
stabilizing a utility pote whrle usmg ále winch "'''e to raise or lower the
pote.
poi e gulde tllt cyllnder- the hyorillk ~ nder which ls usad lo
(raise or lower) the pote gulde.
pole gulde tong cyllnder - !he h~ cylonder which opens and
closes the pele guide tongs.
pole gulde tongs- moveable am:s on a DOie g.Jide used to stablllze
and guide a utility pele as it 1s be•ng ra:seo 01' IOWered with the winch
line.
pole puller- an apparatus conSlStmg of a rryoraufiC cylinder, chaln
and other components usad to loosen a unJ ':'J pol8 from the ground.
polyethylene- a moisture proof plastlc.
poppet- that part of certain valvas tha! prevents flow when it ctoses
against a seat and allows flow when rt moves away from the seal
port-an lntemal or extemal openrng for mtake or exhausl of fluid In a
component.
9-97
portable reslstlvlty.......,. a de'.lioe usad for testing the electncal
resistance of water. eon.nonty usad for testing the wash water fOI'
insulator washers.
posltlon - a tenn whid'l describes the number of possíble positions a
valve spool or mechanism can be shifted to.
post mount- a mountino configuration for an a erial device in which
the tumtable IS mounted on a pedestal whlch utilizas a round vertical
tube as its prvnary load-carrytng structure.
potentlometar - a vanable rasistor that is connected to act as an
alectñcal voltage áMáer
pour polnt -lha ~ c.mperature at whlch a fluid will flow or pour
under specmc OOIIOO:X'JI.,o •
,:rt-aradi!!._MI.,.__.~ dlea•a ::ns::s::n :>e:ween two pocnts
« S}'S3::: or cu W*L.
¡::n.ss:::re ~-l:"le rwa:.:can ~~ser. :'NOOOints in a line
IX :laSS28'5 C.J& 10 tne ~ '"eC-"'8C te :-- tlUl 0'-lr
~
i!ce! :w-essure gauge - an nstn.rnent ~te.'" CISplays the nyóraullc or
~ pressure sensed at a port on Ule dEMCe.
pressure llne - the fine carrymg fluid from a pump ouUet to the
:~ressunzed port of a valva or actuator.
pressure overrlde- the difference between tha craci<Jng pressure of
a vaJve and tha prassure reached when the valve ls passing f>Jit now
e platform pressure reduclng valve - a pressure control valva whose pnmary
Mlctlon IS lo llmil its outlet pressure.
pressure switch - an electric switch which is actuated whan the
hydraulic or pneumatic pressure applied toa port on the switch reaches
a specffied value.
pressure transducer- a pressura measurtng device which produces
a variable electrical signa! that is proportional to the hydraulic pressure
appliad to a port on the device.
proportlonal clrcult-a circuit that supplies a varying voltage lo a coil
in a pilo! valve as electrical curren! applied to the circult is variad by a
hand control.
proximlty alarm - a system which measures the distance from a
detector lo another object, and sOI.Wlds an alarm when thls distance JS
less !han a specifiad value. Commooly used to ll'lform the operator of an
HUW of the distance betv.een lhe boom tip noZZ1e and a power llne
insulator or support structure
psi - pounds per square indl.
PTO - see power take-of.
pullout upper controla- an uooe~ ~ pane on a digger derrick
which is mounted on a nou.s;ng non car ne extended from inside an
tm outer housing when addtaora eng:n es needed. such as lo attaeh the
control panel to a personnel ,.b W!tTI u-e outer tlOUSlllQ attached to the
upper boom tip, orto attach tne .JOPE!' con:r01 panel 10 tha upper boom
lip with the outer hoUSIOQ a::ac.N!d :o l:ie transferabla boom fiares.
pulse width modulatJon (PWM)- a means ot transmitting a digital
signa! in conunuous cydes ct. nu1ses ~nere the totallength of time for
a cyde of one •on• ¡xne and IN! !oiiOYNlQ "off" period is constant, and
tha length of bme (..,'1(ftn o' tne •on• pulse with1n aach cycta is variad
(modulated) 10 propon¡on lo tne leve! of an input parameter such as
controllever poslllon
pump - a daVICe that oonverts mechanical force and motion into
hydraulic flow and pressure.
purge system- a system of check valves that allows hydraulic fluid
flow in a reversa manner through tha hydraunc system, usually from the
Appendix - Glossary

P&!l'QIIi/\l:I:Did::M~w ~ .aiedDf vaJve- a valva which is used
ICI :u;: system, the upper control vaJve, or
~~.~~~~· ~~~~==¡¡~~~~MI~~~~
ee~::::t·~·
coveredby
~lty-(as~~.~~~ft!f
by the r
C)E!!Cél~
e:: ~r mtervals of load
.s;e!::!<!C rqes of boom elevation and
8d and exclusive of stability reauíiaRnts.
voltage - the nominal voltage, phase to phase, at wtlic:tl
~ sys:ems are rated.
~ iced c:apaclty - (as defined by ANSI for aeñal devices) the
¡:::z==:um loaás. specified by the manutacturer, whict\ can be lifted by
aer.a deVIOe tnrough the specifiad ranga of boom elevation and
r--:onr": w Speclfied options lnstalled and in coosideralion of
re<T..uements
~ dlagram - a drawing that shows the horizontal and vertical
ct tctvel of !he platform, upper boom lip. and/or jib tip throughout
;x:s.si:l!acon!'¡guranons of lower boom angla, boom extension. upper
oxr:: ang:e ar..cu atJng arm travel. andlor elevator lift travel.
mount - a pedestal mounling posítion located over or near the
u5e s) on the long•tudínal centerline of the chassls.
·~~~-a deVIC8 that converts radio waves into electrical slgnals for
~ andlor control purposes.
- a componen! ol lhe reel driver which prevents the
¡;=:~ITinQO' cable reels camed by a strand canier and reellifter. The
aseo
"= liS to mamta1n tenslon in the cable or suspension strand
usec w::n tne reel dnver.
- a componen! of a strand camer and reellifter used for
r :t: :x!V'nQ out cable or suspension strand.
- a oeVICe used to support and move cable reels from the
e~ -erncle.
.ms- the structure on a reellifter used to lift and store reels
::z::lil! a S:JS:JenSion strand on the chassis.
~~~~ ID repeat the actJvation of a fundion after it has been
~ -.a!:ed.
~be swrtchwithcontactsthatcanbedosedoropened
:.c·1~2x::i! t:n'&f1llll a coll.
-----10 •
,...._._,.,._a :m~SSure operaled valva that bypasses pump dellvery
system pressure lo a predeterminad maximum
may be a transmitter which sends signals by radio waves toa receiver
on the unit, ora control module which sends signalsthrough a fiberoptlc
or electrical cable to the unit.
remota operated auxltlary control ayatem (ROACS) - a radio
controlled system for starting and stopping certain functions of the
moblle Ll'lit.
remota start/atop system - the components usad to actuate a
function of the unit from a location other than for normal operation. The
most common functions controlled are engine staJVstop and the emer·
gency operating OC pump.
reservolr- a container for storage of liquid in a fluid power system.
reslstance - the opposítion to the flow of electricity or hydraulic fluid.
restrlctlon - a reduced cross-sectional area in a line or passage that
produces a pressure drop.
retalnlng rlng-a hardened, washer-like ring that may be spread apart
or compressed and lnstalled into a groove or recess lo serve as a
retaining device.
retum llne - a hydraullc line used to carry discharge flow from a
hydraulic system or actuator back to the reservoir at low pressure.
retu m llne fllter-a filterlocaled In a hydraulic system retum Une or at
thé lnlet of a hydrauUc reservoir whlch cleans fluid flowing trom the
hydraulic system to the reservoir.
Nverslng vatve - a four-way dlrectional valve usad to changa the
dlrection of movement of a double·acting cylinder or reversible motor.
rfbbon hose - a group of hoses that are attached side by side to
produce a llat bundle. Commonly used to carry hydraunc fluid, air andl
« electrical cable(s) to the boom tip or upper controls.
rfdlng seat-an operator's control station attached to the slde of the
tumtable, wíth a seat on which the operator rides with the rotation of the
unlt.
rtser - 1: the structure on a doUble elevator that connects the lower
elevator arm to the upper elevalor arm. 2 : the structure within an
articulabng arm to which the lower boom is connected.
ROACS - see remole operated auxiliary control system.
rod - the cyf1ndrically shaped part of a cyfinder which extends and
retracts from the barrel to actuate or move a-componenl
rod end-the end ot a cyfinder lhat the extending component or rod is
on.
roller-a cyfindrical device which spins freelyaboUta pin orshalt, u sed
to gulde the mobon of another componen!.
rollpln -a pin thal hasbeen formed by rolling up a thin, ftat strip of metal
to forma cylinder. Commonly used by being driven into a hole to serve
as a retaining device.
rope- a stout, llexlble cord, which consists of many strands of wlre or
fibers that are twisted or braided together.
rotary actuator-a devioe forconverting hydraulic energy into rotary
motion and torque in which the rotary motion is restricted to within
certaln angular limits.
rotary )olnt- a multiple port manifold that has a rolating portian and a
stationary port10n, used to provide a continuous hydraulic connection
between rotating and stationary hydraulic Unes. Commonly used at the
centerline of rolation of units equipped with contínuous rotation.
rotatlng platform - a platform which can be rotated about a vertical
BXJS lo changa its posrtion in relalionship to the boom tip.
rotatlon bearlng-the rotating member, usually a shear ball bearing,
located betw99fl the pedestal and the tumtable which aUows the
tumtable to rotate and which contains gear teeth that mesh with the
rotation pinion.
rotatlon gearbox - the gearbox which drives the rotational motion of
the tumlable.
rotatlon plnlon-the gear on the output shaft of the rotation gearbox
which meshes wíth the rotation bearing gear teeth and dñves the
tumtable rotational motion.
rotatlon reslatant wlre rope- wire ropa which ls oonstructed to reslst
the tendency to untwist or rotate when carry~ng a suspended load. Thls
ls accomplished by laying the outer strands in the opposite direction to
the lay ol the lnner slrands or core.
rotatlon ayatem -the syslem which dnvesthe rotatíon of the tumtable
about the centerllne of rotation. 11 typically consists of a rotation bearing,
rotaban gearbox, hydraulic motor, and load holdmg vatve.
9·97
 rpm- revolutlons per minute. shuttle valve-a~thataccepts hydraullc fluid pressw e
runnlng torque - the torque p~ ~ a ~such asa from two inlets snd ~~only the highest pressure fluid to pass
motor or gearbox ata speci6ed ~ ~ through itto a singleoua.JWhiMI keeplng the inletftuid pressure isolated
from one another. ·... ,
SAE - Society of Automotive 8\;.
slde load - an extemal horizontal load placad on a boom from one
safety belt- sea body belt side.
saybolt universal vlscoslty-:.~,s,.,..,"""",.. oq.Jal to thetime sida load protectlon ayatem- the system on a digger derrick that
ittakesinsecondsfor60 millilite.- s -t acapillarytube helps prevent damage lo the digger derrick structure when excesslve
in a Saybolt universal viscosirr.r~ - a side loads are applied to the booms.
sc:lssor link- the mechanicaJ - •\.Sed to connect slde-mounted plattorm- a plattorrn which is attached toa mountlng
the lifter cylinder to the arm. bracket that extends from one afde o! the boom tlp, positioning the
screw anchor - a rod with 2.1' e !! :r: a:e plat1orrn (and platform.~tlaft f)IVot.lf so equipped) beside the boom
=
the opposite end. lt is designec s:::: tlp. ;;'~'?'
an anchor to hold an attached ca.:t; s:é:: 're sidesllp- sldewlyt ~f't-CIDII!m(lNf1t caused by an extemally
seating In -an initial microsccoc s.:::a::eo-~=~~~d components applled forces from hydrau-
that are clamped together v.i th r-..c:::e:.~ 'i"'"zs causes a slight lics, frictlon, etc. a digger derrick
reduction in the dimension ol t-.: BC...a"'Q lhe clamping boom caused by the sida load protection
force applíed by !he fasteners. setting.
selector switch - a switch v.~ a :::se:.-_ ~ currentto algnaJ-a~
one of two or more electrica) cr.: or~. .vab• .a
selector valva - a valva wt.::r E ::IS!C ::::s: :2'f=o-a:Aic fluid to ona 11M- t1 ~ ti:\
of two or more hydraulic ara;..-:s...
self· locklng nut - a nut v.'t'~ :::cr.o:::s .t.· - :k"lltCEE or shape to
increase thread friction so as l:: 2SS: ~ :..e to vibration or
ili~~~~id~~~~=~~~~=c:arrying
repeated loading.
arrn.The single
ann, arrn cylinder(s},
self·lubrlcatlng bearlng- ar. z_!t::x::X.tF-,r,:;~$ .r. "''tuch lubricatina' paral-
materialls incorporated in tr>e ~ i lellinka, !al '
'\
sensellne- alinethatcamasa ...,...-;-.o.-b-- ilngle hendle - a oantrol, with an interlock trigger incorpo-
or actuator to the compeosa:o-- ~ ~1ft the hlndle, wtidl allowa the opermor to simultaneously control
pump. multlple functlona ollhe boome and Untable from the platforrn.
sen se selector valve - a va ·oE slng~ ~ow {8PDT) IWitch - a three-terrninaJ electri-
sense linefrom reaching the ~- caJ twHCh Of relay that C0111eeb one terminal to either of two other
sequence -1: !he order of a se-e d ':lp!!!:E~::s
termi\ala.
divert flow to accomplish a sUbsc--:- single-pole, alngiMhrow (SPST) switch - a two-terrninal electrical
switch or ralay that opens or clases one circuit
si ave control panel- a secondary derrick lower control panel that is
configurad as a re mote terminal of the master panel. The slave panells
used in conjunction with a master panel lo provide dual station lower
controls.
sequential extension - the ooere:a: ¡;r,c; !)()()In section in
an extendible boom assembt~ orea-: C::::ll!'lililC"'" or retraction slave cyllnder- a cylinder in which motion of the pistan is produced
before the next boom section beg:":;s .=c.e::s:::.. by the transfer of hydraulic fluid from a master cylinder, resulting in
corresponding motion.
set screw-a short screw. typtca..
as a aamo to bind parts toge:ner slide pad- a rectangular block usad as a bearing between extendible
boom or outrigger sections, usually composed of a non-metallic mate-
shackJe - see oe-•.s.. rial
slip rlng - an assembly of one or more conductiva. rotating ñngs and
stationary brushes used to provide a contlnuous electrical connection
between rotating and stationary conductors. Commonly used al the
centertine of rotalion of units equipped with continuous rotation.
slug face- the extreme end of the cable slug which is secured to the
cy~nder rod or adjusting slud.
snatch block - a device which has a means of attachment to connect
it to a boom or load, and which can be apenad to reoelve a winch line
around an intemal sheave.
snubber valve- a two-port valva with a manually adjustable orifica
that restricts the ftow of fluid through the valva.
socket head - a cylindñcal cap screw head deslgn containing a
hexagonal (six-sided) female socket into which an allen wrench can be
shearlng - molec:tna· ~ crl=:!iiii!l:::l;;w~ insertad to tum the cap screw.
improver additive in hya:
ftows through fine c:lea:ra:-ce; E: soleno id-a coil of insulated wire that produces a magneticfield within
permanent loss in fluid ~ the coil when electrically energizad. When attached to a hydraulic
vatve, the magnetic field acts upon the valva to move intemal valva
sheave- a groovad Whes. .....se:: a: "";~;;;~-.;, :atWl& or parts.
leveling cable al a point o' o-.... •.:e r,-:; ollne line
orcable. solenold valve- a valva which is actuatad by a solenoid to controlling
the flow of hydraulic fluid.
sheave helght-thevertical~~~;:~;:~=~~

-
of the boom tip sheave in a ~ -
short clrcult - an inadveJte.- -:e:
between two points of an el~
excessive curren! flow.
shutoff valve - a device which
speed reducer - see geamox.
sphertcal beartng - a bearing with a spherically shaped inner race
that is allowed to move freely inslde a stationary outer race to accommo-
date misalignment.
iS splicer platform - a fiberglass platforrn equipped with a door and
latch.

9·97 Appendix- G/ossary


- " · · · -..e- the tofque~~fjW~f'irrdiillfqiiiiiiRrd~l81111it
a ·::x~x at zero rotatlonaJ ~
~opUon--anlc~:::;~~====;;=::=:::=:===:~~·
or....a• !0-m and can be Sl~
tallahelf-the rearportion ofthe mobHeunít above and behlndthe rear
axle.
tallshelf tools - see lower tool circult.
tank- the hydrauflc reservoir.
telescoplc- having sectJons that slide with.i n 01' over one anolher to
Changa overao length.
tennlnal block - an insulating mounting used for maldng electrical
terminal connections.
test b lock- a manifold with ports for connecting a hydraulic pressure
source, pressure gauge anda cartridge valva such as a counterbalance
vatve or relief valva u sed fortesting and adjusting the relief setting of the
vatve.
thlmble - a metal ring around which 8 rope is passed and spllced to
make a loop or eye.
thrNd locklng ad heslve-- an anaerobic adhesiva thal is appUed to
fastener threads to prevent loosening due to vibration or repeated
loadlng. ·
three-phase -- a system for transmltting high voltage, altemating
current, electrlcal power along three separata conductors, with 120
degrees between the voltage waveform cycJes of any two conductor$.
three-posltlon val ve-- a valva having three positions for direction of
fluid now, such as neutral, now in one dlrection, and flow in the opposite
diraction.
1hrw-way valve- a vatve having three ports for direction of fluid flow.
· lhrOttle control -- a manual, hydraullc, or electrical device used to

trom
stlñlstop
tne unit's
control module:sa¡:::a!i!!!!
remote sta~
being controlled, such as !he
e'llele .gnition system.
ragulate vehlde or auxiliary engine speed.
toggle switch -- an electrical switch operated by a short projecting
lever combined with a spring to quickly open or close a circuit when the
lever is pushed through a small are.
topplng cyllnder- see lift cylinder.
statlonary
vertical axisplatfonn-- ptalfom1<1~=~=~==-J~~
to changa ítsa posJtion In torque - 1: a rol8tional twisting force.2: to preload a threaded fastener
stow-- to place a component such as a boGiftll~-t' by appllcation of a rotational twisting force.
n rts rest position. torque converter - a rotary device for transmltting and ampllfying
stralner--a coarse filter. torque. especially by hydraulic means.
stralner basket- a coarse, basket shaped fiher which is mounted in torslon bar- a rod-Uke spnng whieh is flexed by being twlsted about
the fill hole of a reservoir and projects into the reservoir. rts axis, used to assist in stabilizing a moblle unit.
strand - 1: one of tt,e groups of individual fibers or wires within a tow llne wlnch - a winch located on a cable placer whlch is used for
syntnebc winch line or wire rope. 2: see suspension strand. tenSJoning suspension strand orseH·supporting cable ortowing a cable
lasher.
strand carrler- a device used to support and transport strand reels on
a vehiCie. trace element analysls-analysls of a small sample of hydraulic fluid
to determine contamination level and condition of additives.
strand rvel - a real or spool used for carrying suspens~on stand.
tracldng - a curren! leakage path created across the surface of
street slde - the side of a vehicle toward oncorrung traffic when the
insulating material when a high-vottage current forms 8 carbonizad
vehicle is traveling forward in the normal direction 1n a lane of traffic. path within a forelgn material on the surface.
stroke - 1: total Hnear movement in either drrection of a p¡ston or transducer -- a device lhat converts input energy of one forrn into
plunger 2: to changa the displacement of a vanabte dtsplacement output energy of another, such as hydraulic pressure into an electrical
pump or motor.
signal.
subbase-- a structural mounting interface between tne pedestal and
transferable boom fiares --boom fiares, on which a pole guide may
the vehJCie trame. 1t provides torsional stiffness and strength in addrtion bemounted, thatcanbepinnedtoeithertheintermediateboomtiporthe
~..,.a, .-.tuch would be provided from the vehide trame alone.
upper boom tip of a digger derrick.
~ment --a smaller welded subassembly used within 8 more transferable upper controls -- an upper control panel on a digger
a:r:-.ptex ,..elded structure.
demck that can be attached 10 eíther the upper boom tip or the transfer-
~ fUter- a filter located in a hydraulic system suction line or at able boom fiares by the use of a detent pin.
~ :u::.·
of a hydraulic reservoir which cleans fluid flowmg from the
transmltter- e device used to generate and emít a radio frequency
~i'Oif 10 the pump lnlet.
carrier signa!. The signa! issent toa receiver whidl translates the signa!
•Tle -- the hydraullc fine connec:ting the pump lnlel port lo the into usable information.
~ out.et
trfm pot-a potentiometer which is u sed to make fine adjustments in
- a momentary rise of pressure in a circuit. a circUit during manufacture or calibration, typically by tuming a slotted
which is used to suppott the
c:~p~~=::a~ strand - a type of Wlre rope
adjusting screw.
a:!actletl communicabon cable suspended between poles troubleshoot - to locate and diagnose problems in a system or a
~-·~-~d support structures. component.
- b ~· 01' reduce the diameter of 8 rod, tube or fastener by trunnlon- a mounting device c:onsisting of a pair of opposite, project-
~-Zl!"'I (){ hammering. mg cylindncal pivots on which something can be rotated or tilted.
Une -- a winch line made from nonmetallic synthetic trunnlon bearln g - a bearing that a trunnion pin pivots in.
z.-a tomleo to strands that are then braided together to
tnmnlon pln -- a cylindrical pivot pin that is a part of a trunnion .
.ax:~:a roce..
tumbuckle- a link with screw threads at both ends that is tumed to
- - • - S.'lB:lel: weldment for mounting lower controls lo the
bring the ends closer together for bghtening purposes.
tums from finger tlght (T.F.F.T.)--a method of counting the number
l:llf':S."":.r...eru JSed for displaying the speed of rotabon of tums of a hydraulic adaptar to establlsh a torque value.
ca:;;:x!t s.-.a-

-GIOSS21l 9·91
tumtable- the structure localecl a.oove :ne rotanon beanng which vane pump~... wlt\ a rotor and severat slidlng vanes in
supports !he lower boom or artJcu¡¿:;ng a.-:;-. . and rotales about the an elliptical chllmbfn-~ luid enters the expandlng area and rs
cenlerline of rotabon. torced out as !he filiO la ÍNMid ID th8 decraasing chamber area.
tumtable wlnch- a wínch located on e l!Jr:":!able. variable dlspl~ pu~~~p - a pump in wtlich lhe size of the
turret - see tumtable. pumpmg chamber(a) c.n be c:hanged, so that the output flow can be
cha.nged by moving IN~ control orvarying the drive speed
two-man platfonn - a platform oes.gneo 10 carry two people. ttls orboth. • , .
usually 24w wide x 48w wida.
two-part llne - a multiple-part ne ar a ~· demck In which the
vehlcle- a carrier tor unlt. a
wmch line ls routed from the boom en s"'oea e oown lo a snalch block at veloclty - the apead of linear motion in a given dlrection.
the load and then back up toa stallOr'..a"f ~11t po1nt on the boom. veloctty fuH- a hydraulic vaiYe that ls usad to stop fluid flow through
two-posltlon valve- a valva haWlg. ~ ~ lord1rection of fluid it when lhe tJow,..
~a ~ned cut-off value.
flow. such as open and closed. vent - an alt 01'1 • ftuld t'MefYOir or hydraulic 6ne.
!wc>$peed motor - a motor whlc:; -.as ~ operating speed and VI-see~ '\1'-tot,..
torque modes (a low-speed, hign-tom..~e - .oce a."ld a h•gh-speed, low-
latque moda) thal can be selected ::r, ~ a:::sa:or.
two-wayvalve-a valva haVII'Ig t#OO xr.s "o-c:rec:;onof ftuld ftow, wittl
one llltemal llow path wtlich ca, oe o:Jo:l:' CY OiOCked.
UNC- Unified National Coarse a ~ descnpdon. "
undelframe- an outrigger v.e~ r:xxr.:.ng posibon located be-
neath the unit subbase or vehaaa e-.zu.os IJ"2Jr'e.
undertlghten -lo torque a threaóee fas:sne• OSIOWthe recommendec¡l
value
UNF- Unified National Fme a ~ ~-
unfold- lo move a p!Voting s:r~ s..c:n asan artiCUiabng upptf
.... . , ..; .. .
. ~ !!t •.l,.._~.,:.....,...... .,.;.......~ •'
boom away trom íts stowed pos-.on.. .. • , _.. .._ ' - ' 1

unlt- the Altee device(s), s!Jt)base :11-~-ers bOdy and associ~ "' Otlrigger which has a pivot
Interface items mounled on a cnz.ss:s !:L"' ""0 ndudlng lhe chassia and • llnkage attached to the
rtseff. rot.a.tes about lhe pivot point to
unload-lo ralease hydrauhc no.. ~ o.'"eCá'¡ ID the reservoir, to

~~~=======~=::•
preven! pre.s sure buildup.
' potentially
r..ut in death hazardous
or serious injury.situa-
unloaded vehlcte welght - the ~ ~ o< tne oompleted mobile
unit withoul payload. nllllllfliq•*•Mrtdt;,e- a special filler cartridge designad to
unloading vaJve- a valva that D)~ s:: ::e reserv01r when a absolb and water from hydraullc fluid. lt is nol lntended for use
set pressure is maintalned on ·ts pQr.:X :u-- during notmal opera!Ion, but ls for use wtlen water removal is required.

upper ann - the prlmary Joad..gr-;n; s::"....x::nó ::J a ::oo.De elevator way- a term wtlich describes how many ports are In a valva or valve
whlch is located between the nse· a:-c -e J;Y';;ol.r peoes!al. section.
upper arm cyllnder -!he hydraul1c cyl1nder that movaslhe upper arm weldment- a structural unit formad by welding together an assembly
of a 00o.m1e e avator up and down. ofpleces.

upper boom (UPR BOOM) - the boom section in a boom assembly
WllodlJS fartnest from the tumtable wtlen lhe boom assembly 1s fully
extenoed or unlolded, and whlch supports the boom tip shcave and/or
platfolm(s).
upper boom cyllnder - the hydraulic cylinder that moves the upper
boom about its pivot polnt on an articulating-boom aerial deVIce.
upper boom d rlve mechanlsm- the components used to produce
upper boom movement on an articulating boom-aerial devioe, such as
hnkage, cables. sheaves andlor gears.
upper boom rest - lhe structural member that supports !he upper
boom m the rest or travel posltion.
upper boom tlp -!he boom tip of an upper boom.
upper control valve- the hydraulic valva on or beslda tha platform
of an a erial device used for operating sorne or all of the functions of the
aenal dEMce.
upper controla - the controls located on or beside the platform usad
tor operating sorne or all of the functions of the unít
upper pedestal- the structure within an elevator lift that connects the
elevalor lift to the aerial device rotation bearing.
upper too! clrcult - a tool hydraulic circwt with qu1ck dlsconnect
coupt1ngs located at the upper boom tip.
vacuum - the absence of pressure. A perfect vacuum ls the total
absence of pressure; a partial vacuum is sorne conórtJon less than
atmospheric pressure. Vacuum is measured In inches of mercury (10.
Hg.).
vaJve- a davice that controls fluid flow dlrectJon. pressure orllow rate.
wheel check - a wedge or block placed on lhe ground in front of or
behind the wtleel of a vehicle to block the movemant of the wtleel.
wlnch - a mechanism consisting ol a gearbox with a cylindrical
rotating drum on whlch to coil a line for load hoisting or Une tensionlng.
wlnch capaclty - the maximum load, specified by the manufacturar,
lhat can be pulled on the firsl layer of line on the winch drum al rated
system pressure.
wlnch llne- a load hoisting line consísting of a synthatic or wire rope.
wlnch llne rated worklng load- the average breaking strength of a
winch line (as specifled by lhe line manufacturar) divided by the
appropriate deslgn factor as specified by ANSI.
wlrerope-aropemadefromsteelwireswhichareformedintostrands
thal are then twisted about each other in a spiral configuration.
work- the exertion of a force moving through a definitedistance. Work
is measured in units of force multiplied by distance; for example, pound-
feet.
wonn gearbox- a gearbox that utilizas a gearwtlich has a continuous
spiral toolh or teelh similar to a large sctew thread along shaft (worm),
that drives a gear wtlich has teeth cut al an angle along a its outside
dlameter (worm gear). The rotational axis of the worm ls perpendicular
to lhe rotatíonal axis of the worm gear.
wrap - a single coil of winch line on a winch drum.
Y -cable- an electrical cable assembly wtlich contains three branc:hes
joined ata common point, similar toa -v.·
zerk - see grease fitting.

9-97 Appendix - GIOSS2.1'.

.'
•
•